Professional Documents
Culture Documents
This CMM with the part numbers listed on the CMM Title Page is accepted by CFM. CFM has
traceability to FAA Engineering for acceptance of this CMM.
This Component Maintenance Manual is prepared per Air Transport Association of America (ATA)
Specification 2200.
THIS TECHNICAL DATA IS CONSIDERED EAR CONTROLLED PURSUANT TO 15 CFR PARTS 730-
774 RESPECTIVELY. TRANSFER OF THIS DATA BY ANY MEANS TO A NON-US PERSON,
WHETHER IN THE UNITED STATES OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER U.S. GOVERNMENT
AUTHORIZATION (E.G., LICENSE, EXEMPTION, NLR, ETC.), IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
73-21-78
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
All information contained herein has been developed and approved for use only with Woodward products
and parts that have been operated and maintained in accordance with Woodward technical documentation
and recommendations. Woodward has no technical knowledge of non-Woodward approved parts,
materials, equipment, and repairs and therefore, Woodward does not authorize or approve of the use
of this manual with any non-Woodward approved parts, materials or equipment.
This document contains technical data that are controlled under the Export Administration Regulations (15
CFR 730, et seq.). Any transfer to a non-U.S. person or export from the United States must be in accordance
with the Export Administrations Regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
The ECCN (Export Control Classification Number) for this document is 9E991.
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
3 Feb 27/02
4 Nov 07/02
5 Feb 02/04
6 Sep 30/05
7 May 12/08
8 May 01/14
9 Apr 27/16
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Page 1
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Page 2
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
Page 1
73-21-78 Revised Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
Page 2
73-21-78 Revised Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
Page 3
73-21-78 Revised Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
Page 4
73-21-78 Revised Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TEMPORARY
REVISION NUMBER STATUS LOCATION
The following is a list of Service Bulletins, applicable to this manual, issued by CFM
International, P.O. Box 15514, Cincinnati, Ohio 45215.
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
CHAPTER CHAPTER
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
Fuel Valve Rotor Shaft and Fuel Valve u graphic602 Apr 27/2016
Shoe Wear Areas - Figure 602
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4001
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001
REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6001
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7001
SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14001
CONTENTS
Page i
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
CONTENTS
Page ii
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
INTRODUCTION
TASK 73-21-78-99C-001
1. General.
B. This manual is prepared in accordance with Air Transport Association Specification iSpec 2200.
Definition of words and terms used in the manual are as stipulated therein.
D. These instructions are not intended to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency of installation, operation, or maintenance. Should further information be
desired, or particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for purchaser’s purpose,
the matter should be referred to Woodward, Inc., Rockford, Illinois 61125-7001.
G. Good, standard shop practices and safety precautions should be observed at all times
to avoid damage to equipment and/or injury to personnel.
H. The part numbers listed in the legends and artwork throughout this manual represent
the current configuration of the component as of the latest revision date in the
manual. See the IPL for parts history information.
I. The following application chart displays the progression and differences of the
CFM56 Hydromechanical Fuel Controls. Included are applicable Service Bulletins
with a brief description of the alterations.
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
J. Dimensions are in U.S. Standard Units with SI units (International System of Units) in parentheses
after or below U.S. units. Metric Equivalents are shown in Table 2.
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
K. The list that follows shows all abbreviations used in this manual.
AA Arithmetic Average
ADJ/Adj Adjust
ALT Alternate
AR As Required
ASSY Assembly
AWG American Wire Gauge
BLK Black
Blvd. Boulevard
Bros. Brothers
BSV Burner Stage Valve Signal
BTN Button
C Celsius
CA California
CAGE Commercial and Government Entity
cc Cubic Centimeter
cc/min Cubic Centimeters Per Minute
Co. Company
Cont. Continued
Corp. Corporation
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CRES Corrosion Resistant
CRPM Control Revolutions Per Minute
CT Connecticut
DBL Double
Dec December
Delta P Differential Pressure
DIA Diameter
DIM Dimension
Div. Division
DR Drilled
ECCN Export Control Classification Number
ECU Electronic Control Unit
EFF Effectivity
EXT External
F Fahrenheit
FADEC Full Authority Digital Electronic Control
Fed. Spec. Federal Specification
FIG./Fig. Figure
FIL Fillister
FLT Flat
FM Fuel Metering
INTRODUCTION
Page 3
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
INTRODUCTION
Page 4
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
OD Outside Diameter
OSG Overspeed Governor
DELETED
OZ Ounce
PA Pennsylvania
Para Paragraph
Pb Bypass Pressure
Pc Control Pressure
Pcr Regulated Case Pressure
Pn Nozzle Pressure
P/N Part Number
P.O. Post Office
PPH Pounds Per Hour
Ps Supply Pressure
Psf Filtered Supply Pressure
Psf¹ Intermediate Supply Pressure
PSI Pounds Per Square Inch
PSIA Pounds Per Square Inch, Absolute
PSID Pounds Per Square Inch, Differential
PSIG Pounds Per Square Inch, Gauge
PT Point
Pz Servo Pressure
P1 Pressure Upstream of Metering Valve
P2 Pressure Downstream of Metering Valve
P4 Bypass Valve Servo Pressure
P4¹ Pressure Before Buffer Piston
P22 Control Discharge Pressure
RACC Rotor Active Clearance Control
REF/Ref Reference
REQ/Req Required
RF Reference
RI Rhode Island
RND Round
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
S. South
scfm Standard Cubic Feet Per Minute
Sl International System of (Units)
SLTD Slotted
S/O Shutoff
SOC Socket
SOV Shutoff Valve Signal Pressure
Spec. Specification
SRPM Stand Revolutions Per Minute
St(s). Street(s)
Sub Subsidiary
TC Turbine Clearance
THD Thread
THK Thick
TP Test Point
TTL Total
TX Texas
U.S. United States
INTRODUCTION
Page 5
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
INTRODUCTION
Page 6
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-870-801
1. Description.
A. CFM56-5 engine is controlled by a Full Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC). The
FADEC is composed of two parts: an Electronic Control Unit (ECU) and a Hydromechanical
Unit (HMU). The ECU receives electric signals from various remotely mounted engine sensors
and after processing the signals, the ECU transmits electronic signals to the HMU. The
HMU then converts the computed electronic signals into hydraulic signals for controlling
various engine parameters. General Electric Company designed and manufactured the
ECU and Woodward, Inc. designed and manufactured the HMU.
B. When coupled to the ECU, the HMU controls the high pressure fuel to actuators for positioning
Variable Stator Valves (VSV) and Variable Bleed Valves (VBV) while regulating fuel pressure
to actuators for three turbine clearance control valves and a burner staging valve. Other
features include controlling fuel flow to the engine for combustion and supplying a system for
shutdown and pump unloading. In addition, the HMU provides a compensated isochronous
overspeed protection feature that operates independent of ECU commands.
TASK 73-21-78-870-802
2. Operation.
SUBTASK 79-21-78-870-001
A. Operating Pressures.
(1) To perform the required functions, the HMU divides and regulates the fuel supplied by
the engine pump to several different pressure values (see Table 001).
(a) The output of the BSV is a customer interface signal pressure used to turn
off half of the nozzles during descent and taxi. It has a value of Pc or Pcr,
depending on the electrical signal commanded by the ECU.
(a) The HPTCC is a customer interface flow and is the output of a three way
pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo conditions, the
HPTCC output pressure varies between Pb and Pc.
(a) The IDG IN is an alternate route for the bypass flow that ports all of the
bypass flow to the input of the IDG Heat Exchanger.
(b) The flow is returned to the Main Fuel Pump (MFP) at some other point
than the interface between the MFP and HMU.
(a) The LPTCC is a customer interface flow and is the output of a three way
pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo conditions, the
LPTCC output pressure varies between Pb and Pc.
(a) Excess fuel from the MFP that is not required for combustion or control function is
drained to the bypass pressure by the bypass valve in the HMU. This pressure is
sometimes called boost interstage pressure since the pressure level is established
by the output of a centrifugal impeller in a low pressure boost pump.
(b) The low pressure boost pump is located upstream of the high pressure gear element in
the MFP and is a function of engine speed and combustor fuel flow. Pb is used in the
HMU as a low pressure fuel sink (drain) for the three way and four way pilot valves.
(a) Pc is a regulated pressure used as a high pressure supply for three way pilot
valves in the HMU. The pressure is created by a regulator that is referenced
to Pb, and supplied by Psf or drained to Pb to maintain a specified pressure
above Pb. Its primary function is to oppose and overcome regulated case
pressure for purposes of actuating pistons or valves.
(a) High pressure fuel enters the HMU after being discharged from a wash filter in
series with the gear element in the MFP. Because the high pressure pump is a
constant volume, positive displacement pump, Ps will depend on downstream
restrictions in the HMU and the engine nozzles.
(a) Psf is derived from a portion of the Ps flow in the MFP that is routed
through a heat exchanger in the pump, then a relief type strainer screen
in the SERVO port located in the HMU.
(b) This pressure source is used to supply a large number of control functions and is
heated to prevent ice crystal accumulation from starving critical engine and control
functions. Psf is slightly lower than Ps due to pressure drops in the MFP Heat
Exchanger and the strainer screen in the SERVO supply port.
(a) Psf¹ is the high pressure supply pressure to the differential pressure valve and is
normally equal to Psf unless it is throttled by the overspeed governor.
(a) Pz is a general term that applies to numerous valves and is a regulated pressure
that opposes Pcr on one side of a valve or actuator piston. Pz is controlled to
pressure levels between Pc and Pb by either a bleed valve and bleed orifice, or
a three way pilot valve, and is used to move the valve or piston.
(a) P4 pressure is used to actuate the bypass valve. It is derived from Psf and is regulated
at approximately 80 PSIG (552 kPa) below Psf by the differential pressure valve or
overspeed governor. P4 pressure is also the pressure downstream of the buffer piston.
(a) The P4 minus P4¹ pressure drop across the buffer piston is used to
compensate the isochronous overspeed governor.
(a) The RACC is a customer interface flow and is the output of a three way
pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo conditions, the
RACC output pressure varies between Pb and Pc.
(a) The SOV pressure is a customer interface signal pressure used to close an engine
mounted valve in the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) System during shutdown. It
has a value of Psf or Pb, depending on the position of airframe shutoff solenoid
and the fuel metering valve shuttle valve. The SOV pressure is used in the HMU to
position the shutoff valve, which shuts off the flow of fuel to the engine.
(a) The CLOSE output is a customer interface flow and is the output of the upper
land of a four way pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo
conditions, the CLOSE output pressure varies between Pb and Psf.
(a) The OPEN output is a customer interface flow and is the output of the lower
land of a four way pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo
conditions, the OPEN output pressure varies between Pb and Psf.
(a) The ROD output is a customer interface flow and is the output of the upper
land of a four way pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo
conditions, the ROD output pressure varies between Pb and Psf.
(a) The HEAD output is a customer interface flow and is the output of the lower land of
a four way pilot valve actuated by a torque motor. Under blocked servo conditions,
the HEAD output pressure varies between Pb and Psf.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-002
(1) The pressure regulator system regulates control pressure (Pc) and
regulated case pressure (Pcr).
(2) The Pc regulator supplies Pc pressure, keeping it at a constant pressure above bypass
pressure (Pb) throughout the range of flow required by the control.
(3) Fuel at filtered supply pressure (Psf) enters the Pc regulator through the metering port (37,
Figure 002). It flows through the hole in plunger (36) and into the area below plunger (36). As
Pc pressure approaches the desired value, it moves plunger (36) upward against spring (35)
until metering port (37) is passing just the correct amount of fuel to maintain the proper value
of Pc. Since the value of Pc includes the value of Pb, Pb is applied to the top of plunger (36),
where its force is added to that of spring (35), maintaining Pc at a constant value above Pb.
(4) Pcr pressure is controlled by the Pcr regulator so it is always a constant value above
Pb. Normally Pcr is supplied by the leakage from the various valves and servos within
the HMU. The Pcr regulator controls the metering of Pcr to Pb. Pcr pressure is applied
to the bottom of plunger (39) where it is opposed by the force of spring (38) plus Pb on
the top. An increase in Pcr or a decrease in Pb forces plunger (39) upward, increasing
the opening of metering port (40). Metering more Pcr to Pb lowers Pcr. A decrease in
Pcr or an increase in Pb moves plunger (39) downward, decreasing the amount of Pcr
being metered to Pb. Metering less Pcr to Pb increases Pcr.
(5) On an initial start up when the inside of the HMU is not full of fuel, plunger (39,
Figure 002) is positioned to the bottom and Psf is supplied to Pcr through bleed port
(41) to fill the HMU more rapidly than leakage alone would.
(6) The Pcr relief valve prevents Pcr from increasing to Psf should the Pcr regulator
fail. The relief valve plunger (43) is set to open at approximately 20 PSIG above
the high limit pressure setting of the Pcr regulator.
(7) Psf is derived from a portion of the supply pressure (Ps) in the main fuel pump that
is routed through a heat exchanger in the pump, then a relief type strainer screen
(34) in the heated servo supply port located in the HMU.
(8) Psf pressure is used to supply a large number of control functions and is heated to
prevent ice crystal accumulation. Psf is slightly lower than Ps due to pressure drops
in the main fuel pump heat exchanger and the strainer screen (34).
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-003
(1) The output of the BSV is a customer interface signal pressure used to turn off
half of the nozzles during descent and taxi. Energizing solenoid (10, Figure 002)
controls this function. This output has a value of Pc or Pcr, depending on the electrical
signal commanded by the electronic control unit (ECU). Pcr is supplied when all
the nozzles are on, and solenoid (10) is de-energized.
(2) The BSV flow regulator contains solenoid (10) and valve. The valve is a three
way valve containing a single ball and two valve seats.
(3) Input pressures Pc and Pcr are supplied to the valve and the output pressure is ported to the
BSV port on the HMU. The BSV solenoid (10) contains two electrically isolated, independent
coils. The BSV solenoid (10) can be energized by applying an electric current to either coil.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-004
D. Variable Stator Vane (VSV) and Variable Bleed Valve (VBV) Flow Regulators.
(1) The VSV and VBV flow regulators each contain a servo valve torque motor (1, Figure
002), a first stage pilot valve (2), and a second stage flow control valve (3).
(2) Torque motor (1) contains two electrically isolated independent coils. Valve (2)
is directly coupled to the torque motor arm (9) and is positioned as a function of
torque motor current. Valve (2) cannot rotate due to an anti-rotation arm. Valve
(3) is rotated and is hydraulically coupled to valve (2).
(3) Pc and Pb are supplied to valve (2). The output pressure (Pz) of valve (2) is applied to
top of valve (3) and is opposed by Pcr. Increasing torque motor current displaces valve
(2) and ports Pc to Pz. Increasing Pz displaces valve (3) downward.
(4) Movement of valve (3) downward will close the VSVs. VSVs are closed by porting Psf to
the head side of the VSV actuator and draining pressure from the rod side of the VSV
actuator to Pb. VSVs are opened by porting Psf to the rod side of the VSV actuator
and draining pressure from the head side of the VSV actuator to Pb.
(5) Movement of valve (3) downward will open the VBVs. VBVs are opened by porting Psf
to the open side of the VBV actuator and draining pressure from the close side of the
VBV actuator to Pb. VBVs are closed by porting Psf to the close side of the VBV actuator
and draining pressure from the open side of the VBV actuator to Pb.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-005
(1) High Pressure Turbine (HPTCC), Low Pressure Turbine (LPTCC), and Rotor Active
(RACC) Clearance Control Regulators contain identical hardware. Unlike the VSV and
VBV flow regulators, the clearance control regulators contain non-rotated pilot valve
plungers. Each regulator contains a servo valve torque motor (1, Figure 002), a first
stage bleed valve (4), and a second stage flow control valve (5).
(2) The servo valve torque motor is identical to that described earlier for the VSV and
VBV systems. Valve (4) is suspended between two centering diaphragms (6) and is
directly coupled to the torque motor arm (9). Valve (4) is positioned as a function of
torque motor current. The seat of valve (4) is located in valve (5).
(3) Pc and Pb are supplied to valve (5). Changes in the position of valve (4) relative to the
seat regulates the amount of Pc supplied to the output pressure (Pz) of valve (4). Pz is
applied to the bottom of sensing land (8) on valve (5) and is opposed by Pb and a spring
force. An increase in torque motor current will move valve (4) down, which will decrease the
amount of Pc supplied to Pz. This causes a decrease in Pz, which causes valve (5) to move
downward and port Pc to the clearance control regulator output pressure. The bleed orifice
(7) between Pz and Pb is necessary to allow Pz to vary between Pc and Pb.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-006
(1) The fuel metering system controls the flow of fuel to the engine nozzles. The fuel metering
valve (FMV) torque motor (1, Figure 002) positions the fuel metering servo pilot valve (11) as
a function of torque motor current. The torque motor is identical to those previously discussed.
(2) Valve (11) controls the porting of Pc or Pb to the fuel metering servo piston (12). Pc
and Pb pressures are supplied to valve (11) and the valve output pressure (Pz) is
ported to piston (12). Piston (12) positions the FMV (14).
(3) The FMV (14) schedules fuel flow as a function of position and a constant pressure
drop across the FMV. The FMV resolver (15) converts the angular position of the
FMV (14) into an electrical signal used by the ECU.
(4) The differential pressure pilot valve assembly regulates the P1-P2 pressure drop
across the FMV by controlling the position of the bypass valve. Psf and Pb are
supplied to the differential pilot valve plunger (17). The differential pilot valve produces
an output pressure signal (P4¹). P1 is applied to the top of the differential pressure
pilot valve sensing land (16) while P2 is applied to the top.
(5) A force balance is established between the differential pressure pilot valve spring (18) and
the P1-P2 pressure drop across land (16). When P1-P2 is not equal to 36 PSID, Psf or Pb
is connected to the P4¹ line and changes the position of the bypass valve plunger (29). A
change in the position of plunger (29) changes the ratio of fuel valve inlet flow to bypass flow.
(6) The differential pressure pilot valve assembly is pre loaded so that the bypass valve
position automatically maintains P1-P2. Establishing a constant pressure drop across the
FMV is necessary when trying to establish predictable angle versus flow relationships
of the FMV. The differential pressure pilot valve adjuster assembly (19), which controls
the position of one end of spring (18), is temperature compensated.
(7) The bypass valve assembly regulates the bypass flow from Ps to Pb, to maintain a constant
P1-P2 across the fuel metering valve. The bypass flow is the difference between pump
discharge flow and fuel valve inlet flow. The bypass valve spring (30) provides preload so that
a Ps minus P4 pressure drop of 80 PSID (552 kPa) is required to open the bypass valve.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-007
(a) The overspeed governor system will not work without a speed input. Because
the HMU can schedule fuel and engine actuators without a speed input, the
only way of detecting such failures as a broken drive shaft is by testing for
the presence of rotation in the overspeed governor.
(b) The overspeed governor rotation sensor system consists of the overspeed governor
pilot valve plunger (23, Figure 002), a low speed governor restoring spring (25),
the pressure switch plunger (27), and pressure switch (28).
(c) When there is no speed input, spring (25) forces plunger (23) against the overspeed
governor ballhead (20) and Pb pressure will be supplied through plunger (23) to plunger
(27), allowing Pcr to push plunger (27) to the left. This deactivates switch (CLOSED)
(28) and the ECU receives a signal that the overspeed governor is not rotating. In this
configuration the overspeed governor pilot valve is below null and there is a gap between
the overspeed governor restoring spring (24) upper seat and spring stop screw (26).
(d) As speed increases to approximately 47 percent, the force of the overspeed governor
flyweights (21) overcomes the force of spring (25) and moves plunger (23) upward.
Psf from shutoff shuttle valve piston (42) is ported to plunger (27), pushing it to the
right. This activates switch (OPEN) (28), and the ECU receives a signal confirming
that the overspeed governor is rotating, that the overspeed governor pilot valve has
translated due to a speed input and that the setting is correct. Upon deactivation,
the gap between the upper seat of spring (24) and overspeed governor restoring
spring stop screw (26) is eliminated, and plunger (23) is below null.
(e) The process described above is reversed when speed is lowered. The speed
to deactivate is considerably lower than 47 percent. This hysteresis is due
to the overlap on the governor valve land.
(a) The overspeed governor system limits the core engine speed any time there is a
demand for speed in excess of safe limits. The overspeed governor system operates
independent of ECU commands. The system contains hydromechanical elements only.
(b) The overspeed governor senses speed by the use of flyweights (21, Figure 002) which
are mounted on a ballhead (20). Ballhead (20) is driven mechanically by the engine.
Therefore, the centrifugal force of flyweights (21) is a function of core engine speed.
(c) Psf and Pb are supplied to the overspeed governor pilot valve which produces
an output pressure signal, Psf¹. P4¹ is applied to the bottom of the compensating
land (22) and P4 is applied to the top of land (22).
(d) The overspeed governor pilot valve plunger (23) is preset to a position below
null. Plunger (23) becomes active at about 98 percent speed, and is adjusted
to reach null at approximately 106 percent speed.
(e) The overspeed governor restoring spring (24) opposes the force produced by
flyweights (21). Spring (24) is adjusted so plunger (23) remains inactive until
a minimum preload force is exceeded at approximately 98 percent speed.
The overspeed governor set point is adjusted by changing the position of the
overspeed governor restoring spring stop screw.
(f) During operating conditions below 98 percent speed, the port opening of the governor
pilot valve is so that Psf¹ is unrestricted and equal to Psf. The differential pressure pilot
valve regulator operates normally and P4¹ is approximately 80 PSIG (552 kPa) below Psf.
(g) As speed increases above 98 percent, the translation of plunger (23) begins
to restrict the supply of Psf to Psf¹. Once Psf¹ has dropped 30 to 60 PSIG, the
differential pressure pilot valve regulator system will no longer be able to supply
enough fuel to the bypass valve to maintain a constant P1-P2. The bypass valve
will begin to open and P1-P2 will begin to decrease.
(h) Further increases in speed will result in additional restriction of Psf¹, which will cause the
bypass valve plunger (29) to open farther causing P1-P2 to continue to reduce until
the differential pressure pilot valve port is no longer restricted. The governor pilot valve
is then in full control of the system and P4¹ will be equal to Psf¹. As P1-P2 drops, the
fuel flow through the fuel metering valve for any given angle will decrease and limit
core engine speed to 106 percent, regardless of any higher speed demand. When
the demand for speed is lowered to a safe level, the process is reversed.
(a) The purpose of the overspeed governor buffer system is to compensate for the time delay
between changes in fuel flow to the engine and the change in engine speed. The buffer
piston (32, Figure 002) provides a feedback force to the overspeed governor pilot valve
plunger that is proportional to fuel flow to the bypass valve, as supplied by the overspeed
governor pilot valve. This feedback force is used to null the overspeed governor pilot
valve in advance of the engine reaching the desired speed. Hydraulic lines for sensing the
pressure drop across piston (32) are routed to each side of the compensating land (22).
(b) The buffer piston spring (33) is an extension compression spring that is attached to
the buffer piston sleeve on one end and piston (32) on the other end. Consequently,
piston (32) is free to slide in the sleeve but is restrained by spring (33).
(c) The buffer piston sleeve contains bypass ports that provide a parallel flow path around
the buffer piston orifice (31) when piston (32) moves a predetermined distance. The
amount of stroke to bypass from the free length of spring (33) is commonly referred to
as anticipation and is usually expressed in terms of percent speed error.
(d) When there is no flow into or out of the buffer system, piston (32) remains at a zero
displacement position established by the free length of spring (33). When small, steady
amounts of fuel are allowed to enter or leave the buffer system, orifice (31) causes a
slight restriction to the flow and produces a pressure drop across orifice (31). Since
the pressure drop is also applied across piston (32), which is restrained by spring (33),
piston (32) will be displaced proportional to the pressure drop. This condition occurs
when small transients in speed occur while operating on the overspeed governor.
(e) If a large amount of fuel is suddenly ported into or out of the buffer system, a small
portion of the flow will pass through orifice (31) but the rest of the flow will produce a
large displacement of both piston (32) and the fluid volume downstream of piston
(32). Piston (32) continues to move until the flow driving the system stops, or until
it moves far enough to bypass the excess flow through the bypass ports in the
buffer piston sleeve. Under the latter condition, piston (32) tends to regulate on
bypass until the excessive flow condition is reduced. This condition exists when large
transients in speed occur while operating on the overspeed governor.
(f) The effects of the buffer system must be considered when operating in or near
an overspeed condition. Piston (32) produces a pressure drop between P4¹ and
P4 whenever there is flow through the buffer system. Since the pressure drop
across piston (32) is applied to the compensating land (22), any displacement of
the differential pressure pilot valve plunger (17) results in flow through the buffer
system that produces a feedback force to plunger (23).
(g) When plunger (23) is displaced slightly above null, P4¹ will drain to Pb and the fuel flow
out of the buffer system will produce a force bias that tends to return plunger (23) to null.
(h) When the overspeed governor system is operating on null and a slight reduction
in speed occurs, plunger (23) will move down, and Psf will be ported to P4¹.
The increased P4¹ causes piston (32) to close which will increase flow to the
engine resulting in an increase of core engine speed.
(i) The flyweight force will increase and the pressure differential across piston (32,
Figure 002) due to the increased P4¹ will be applied to land (22). This adds to
the flyweight force and plunger (23) will reach null before the commanded speed
is reached, thus preventing an overshoot. Once P4 and P4¹ are equal the buffer
system will no longer bias the overspeed governor pilot valve.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-008
(1) The pump unloading and shutoff valve system lowers Ps to a predetermined value above
Pb, and will shut off the fuel flow to the engine. The command to shut off can come
from a latching solenoid (46, Figure 002), powered by an airframe signal.
(2) The SOV controls the porting of pressures to the differential pressure regulator system
and the pressurizing valve. Pcr is applied to one end of the shutoff shuttle valve
piston (42) while SOV pressure is applied to the other end.
(3) Since the SOV pressure can be either Psf or Pb, depending on the positions
of the airframe shutoff solenoid or the metering valve servo (12), the position of
piston (42) will be determined by the SOV pressure.
(4) When SOV pressure is set to Pb, piston (42) moves down, porting Pc or Pcr (depending
on the position of the pressure switch plunger [27]) to the back of the pressurizing
valve piston (51) and Psf to the overspeed governor and differential pressure regulator
systems. This is the normal run mode for the engine.
(5) When the SOV pressure is set to Psf, piston (42) moves up, porting Psf to the bottom of piston
(51), which closes the pressurizing valve. This action shuts off fuel flow to the engine.
(6) The pump unloading function works when Pc is ported through the shutoff shuttle
valve to the bottom of the bypass plunger (29). Since P4 will be equal to Pc, Ps
pushes plunger (29) down. As the bypass port opens, Ps drops until a force balance
is established between Ps, Pc, and the bypass spring (30).
(7) Pump unloading is necessary to prevent excessive Ps pressure. If the pressurizing valve
was to close prior to pump unloading, P2 would increase to P1. The decrease in P1-P2
would cause the differential pilot valve regulator to compensate by closing the bypass valve.
With both the pressurizing and bypass valves closed, Ps would be deadheaded and would
increase to a pressure that would open the main fuel pump ultimate relief valve.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-009
I. Airframe Shutoff Solenoid Valve (SOV) and Fuel Metering Valve (FMV) Shutoff.
(1) The airframe SOV provides an independent path through which the engine can be
shut off by a cockpit initiated command. The airframe SOV assembly consists of a
latching solenoid (46, Figure 002) and a valve assembly. The shutoff pilot valve
plunger (45) is non rotated and is attached to the solenoid plunger (47). Psf, Pb, and
the FMV shutoff valve pressure, either Psf or Pb, are supplied to the airframe SOV.
The output pressure of the airframe SOV is the SOV signal.
(2) When in the run mode, solenoid plunger (47, Figure 002) and plunger (45) are in the extended
position and the SOV signal is equivalent to Pb. When commanded to shut off, solenoid
plunger (47) and plunger (45) are retracted and Psf is supplied to SOV. As described in "Pump
Unloading and SOV System", when the SOV signal is equivalent to Psf the engine will shut off.
(3) Solenoid (46) contains only a retract coil. The airframe electrical system cannot
extend the solenoid plunger (47). The FMV shutoff valve pressure signal is
used to hydraulically extend plunger (47).
(4) When a Psf signal from the metering valve servo is applied to the top of plunger (45), the
Psf minus Pb pressure drop applied across plunger (45) is great enough to overcome
the latch force. When plunger (45) is extended, shutoff is controlled by the pressure
signal from metering valve servo (12). Once energized, the power to the solenoid must
be turned off before it can be hydraulically reset to run mode.
(5) The FMV shutoff pressure is used to reset the airframe SOV after the solenoid has
been energized to a retract condition and de-energized.
(6) The ECU can determine the need to shut down the engine and commands fuel metering
valve servo toward the minimum servo stop. At a point close to minimum servo stop,
Psf pressure is supplied to shutoff shuttle valve, and shut down occurs.
(7) The process is reversed during start-up as ECU commands the FMV
servo to increase the FMV angle.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-870-010
(1) The pressurizing valve system establishes a minimum Psf during start to ensure
proper operation of the Pc and Pcr regulators.
(2) The pressurizing valve system consists of a valve assembly and a pressurizing valve
spring (50, Figure 002). When in the start mode, P2 is applied to the top of the pressurizing
valve piston (51) and is opposed by Pcr pressure and spring (50) on the bottom. Due
to the combined load of Pcr or Pc and spring (50), a minimum P2 pressure is required
to move piston (51) far enough down to expose the ports in the pressurizing valve
sleeve, allowing fuel to flow to discharge. Due to the differential pressure regulator,
P1 will be adjusted through Ps until P1 is 36 PSIG above P2.
(3) The port profile of the pressurizing valve sleeve is designed to ensure that Psf
will be high enough to continue supplying the differential pressure regulator at
lower fuel flows. At higher fuel flows piston (51) will have opened far enough so
the flow characteristics of the nozzles regulate Psf.
(4) In addition, the pressurizing valve functions as a shutoff valve when commanded by
the shutoff shuttle valve piston (42) to stop fuel flow to the engine. Piston (42) supplies
Psf to the back side of the pressurizing valve. The combination of Psf and spring (50)
overcomes P2 and moves piston (51) to the closed position.
(5) The shutoff position indicator signals the ECU when the pressurizing valve is closed enough
to cause the engine to shut off. The pressurizing valve rod (49), which is connected to piston
(51), contains a slope between two different diameters to displace the ball that is connected
to the shutoff switch lever (48). The levers (48), in turn, actuate the shutoff switch.
Pressures:
Ps (Pump Discharge) 1,250 PSIG (8619 kPa) maximum normal
Pb (Pump Inlet) 5-235 PSIG (34-1620 kPa)
Delta P (Regulated) 36 PSID (248 kPa) normal
Pc-Pb (Servo Pressure) 290-310 PSID (2000-2069 kPa) above Pb
Pcr-Pb (Case Pressure) 140-160 PSID (965-1103 kPa) above Pb
Electrical Characteristics:
Torque Motor Current Rating ± 300 mA
Torque Motor Coil Resistance 20 ohms nominal at room temperature
A/F S/O Solenoid Current Rating 620 mA maximum to actuate
A/F S/O Solenoid Coil Resistance 32 ohms nominal at room temperature
BSV Solenoid Coil Resistance (diode in circuit)
29.5 ohms nominal at room temperature
Connectors Two 41-pin connectors, one for Channel A and
one for Channel B
One 7-pin connector integral to A/F
Shutdown Solenoid
Pump Unloading and Shutdown Shutdown through A/F command.
Positive indication through proximity switches
on shutoff valve
Hydromechanical Backup Overspeed limit protection, operating
independent of ECU control, through a
compensated isochronous governor that biases
fuel flow through differential pressure
Weight Target 52 pounds (24 kg) maximum (dry)
TASK 73-21-78-99C-101
1. General.
A. Materials required for testing and troubleshooting the hydromechanical fuel control (HMU) are listed
in Table 101. Test tools used during testing and troubleshooting are listed in Table 102. Equivalent
substitutes may be used for items listed in table, except for those items marked with an asterisk(*).
All equivalent substitutes must be compatible with all the part materials and do the same function
as the items identified in the table for the alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the
use of an equivalent substitute. The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Calibrating Fluid Commercially Available
MIL-PRF-7024, Type II*
Petrolatum Commercially Available
Fed. Spec. VV-P-236
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
Back Pressure Regulator Commercially Available
Burst Disk Commercially Available
300 PSIG (2068 kPa) Maximum
Drive Motor Commercially Available
2HP (1,49 kW), 0-7,000 RPM
Capable of Maintaining
± 3 RPM Set Speed
Filter Commercially Available
10-Micron
Flowmeter Commercially Available
0-5,000 PPH (0-2268 KGH)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Reading
Flowmeter Commercially Available
0-20,000 PPH (0-9118 KGH)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Reading
Page 1001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Flowmeter Commercially Available
1-20,000 PPH (0,45-2260 KGH)
Accuracy ± 2% of Test Point
1,500 PSI (10342 kPa) Capacity (Optional)
Flowmeter Turbine Commercially Available
0-25,000 PPH (0-11340 KGH)
Accuracy ± 2% of Test Point
1,500 PSI (10342 kPa) Capacity
Flow Regulator Commercially Available
0-29,000 PPH (0-13,154 KGH)
1,500 PSIG (10342 kPa) Capacity
Handi-Hex Allen Wrench Handle Commercially Available
#607
Hexagonal Wrench Commercially Available
1/16 inch, 5/64 inch, 7/64 inch, 3/32 inch,
5/32 inch, 1/8 inch, and 3/16 inch
High Resistance Meter Hewlett Packard
4329A 275 N., Corporate Drive
Brookfield, WI 53005
Needle Valve Commercially Available
0.125 inch (3,18 mm)
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-100 PSID (0-689 kPa)
Accuracy ± 0.5 PSI (3,45 kPa)
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-400 PSID (0-2758 kPa)
Accuracy ± 2.0 PSI (13,79 kPa)
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-300 PSIG (0-2068 kPa)
Accuracy ± 2.0 PSI (13,79 kPa)
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-500 PSIG (0-3447 kPa)
Accuracy ± 2.0 PSI (13,79 kPa)
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-1,500 PSIG (0-10342 kPa)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Full Scale
Pressure Reducing Valve Commercially Available
1,500 PSIG (10342 kPa) Capacity
Shutoff Ball Valve Commercially Available
1.0 inch (25,40 mm)
Page 1002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Tachometer Commercially Available
0-7,000 RPM
Accuracy ± 3 RPM Set Speed
Voltage Source Commercially Available
250-500 Vdc
B. To determine the extent of maintenance necessary, a trouble check (as received) should be
run in accordance with TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Trouble Check (As Received).
Troubleshooting procedures are contained in Preset. A list of Preset and Final Testing titles follows.
(1) Preset.
Page 1003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Final Assembly
Insulation Resistance Check on Assembled HMU
C. Preset schedules are used as a guide to aid in obtaining the best results for final
testing schedules. Preset limits need not always be within the limits suggested. Final
testing schedules determine the acceptability of the HMU.
D. All pressures are given in units of pounds per square inch (PSI) and kilopascals (kPa). Gauge
pressure is above atmosphere and is given as PSIG (kPa). Absolute pressure is given as
PSIA (kPa). Differential pressure is given as PSID (kPa). All speeds given are HMU RPM
(CRPM). Keep all pressure lines as short as possible to reduce instability. Absolute pressure
gauges must be checked and reset if necessary a minimum of once a day and at the start
of testing each HMU. Tolerances for setting test points are as follows:
F. More than one configuration of HMU is covered in the TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
section. Steps and tables with effectivities listed are applicable to that HMU. Steps and
tables without an effectivity are applicable to all HMUs.
Page 1004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I. Figure and item numbers in the illustrations of this section refer to the ILLUSTRATED
PARTS LIST. Item numbers in the text pertain to the illustration referenced in TESTING
AND TROUBLESHOOTING unless otherwise noted.
J. Use regulator (31, Figure 101) to set P22 pressures when P22 is specified.
K. If positions of VBV, VSV, HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACC functions are not specified
in setup conditions, assume null conditions.
Page 1005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
FOR 8061-533
115 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-262) (425B, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-534
115 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-270) (425C, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-535
115 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1019) (425D, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-536
115 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1218) (425E, IPL FIG. 1)
Page 1011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1026
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1027
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1028
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1029
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1030
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1031
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1032
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1033
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1034
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1035
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1036
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1038
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1039
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1040
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1041
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1042
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-801
Page 1043
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-802
B. Install seal (90, Figure 102), 2 packings (95), 6 packings (100), seal (105), and 3 packings (110)
in body assembly (115). Install washer (5, Figure 103) on resolver (10). Install WT-128625
calibration tool Figure 104, on body assembly (45). Secure resolver (10, Figure 103) with
RESOLVER CLAMPING SCREW (Figure 104) in WT-128625 calibration tool. Torque RESOLVER
CLAMPING SCREW to measured run on torque plus 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m).
C. Install HMU on control adapter (1, Figure 101) and secure with six nuts (part of control adapter).
E. Connect channel A connector (10, Figure 105) and channel B connector (15) wires of electrical
components from box assembly (5, Figure 105) to test box 8939-050.
F. Cap PCR port of WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104). Cap GOVERNOR
BORE of WT-128625 calibration tool.
G. In any step where Preset Points Function is specified, both adjustments on resolver
module may be used to correct discharge flow.
Page 1044
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1045
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1046
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-803
4. Initial Calibration.
A. Set CHANNEL SELECT switches on items 48 (Figure 101), 49, 51, and 53 through 57 to
Channel A. Set FUNCTION switches to NORMAL on items 49 and 53 through 57. Set SELECT
switch on item 49 to NULL. Set LOOP switch on item 48 to CLOSE.
B. Delta P Adjustment.
(2) P1 minus P2 must be within limits of Table 103, Test Point 2. If P1 minus P2 on gauge
(27, Figure 101) is out-of-limits, adjust screw (15, Figure 103) via DELTA P REGULATOR
BORE (Figure 104), until P1 minus P2 on gauge (27, Figure 101) is within limits. To raise P1
minus P2, turn screw (15, Figure 103) clockwise. Repeat Delta P Adjustment.
NOTE: Adjustments made to screw (15, Figure 103) should not exceed more than
two compete turns clockwise or counterclockwise. If the adjustment screw
requires more than two turns to obtain the required P1 minus P2, the Delta
P valve assembly will need need to be re-adjusted.
Page 1047
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Set conditions in Table 103, Test Point 3. Pcr minus Pb and Pc minus Pb
must be within limits shown in Test Point 3. Record Pcr minus Pb or Pc minus
Pb. If out-of-limits, proceed to next step.
NOTE: Set solenoid module (51, Figure 101) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF to read Pcr
minus Pb on gauge (13) and switch to ON to read Pc minus Pb on gauge (13).
(a) If Pc is out of limits, use a 3/32 hexagonal wrench to access seat (5, Figure 106)
through Pc adjustment hole of WT-128625 calibration tool. Turn wrench clockwise
to increase PSI, and turn wrench counterclockwise to decrease PSI.
(b) If Pcr is out-of-limits, use a #607 Handi-Hex Allen wrench handle (see Table 102),
along with WT-128625-5 calibration tool (Figure 107), WT-128625-3 calibration tool,
and WT-128625-10 calibration tool, to access seat (10, Figure 106) through Pcr
adjustment hole of WT-128625 calibration tool. Turn wrench clockwise to increase
PSI, and turn wrench counterclockwise to decrease PSI.
D. Resolver Calibration.
(1) Set SET POINTS on resolver module (48, Figure 101) to 10 degrees. Loosen
RESOLVER CLAMPING SCREW, Figure 104.
(2) Using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust resolver (10, Figure 103) via
RESOLVER BORE (Figure 104), to obtain a discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure
101) of 291-309 PPH (132-140 KGH). Torque RESOLVER CLAMPING SCREW (Figure 104),
to measured run-on torque plus 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m). Record discharge flow.
(3) Null the VSV, VBV, HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACC pilot valves as follow
(a) Using VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VSV HEAD
on gauge (35) equal to VSV ROD on gauge (37).
(b) Using VBV module (54), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VBV OPEN on gauge
(23) equal to VBV CLOSE on gauge (27).
(c) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF and note
Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(d) Using HPTCC module (55), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set HPTCC- Pb pressure
on gauge (39) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
Page 1048
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(e) Using LPTCC module (56), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set LPTCC-Pb pressure
on gauge (17) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(f) Using RACC module (57), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set RACC-Pb pressure on
gauge (41) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(4) Set conditions in Table 104, Test Point 1. Set SET POINTS on resolver module (48,
Figure 101) to 74 degrees. Adjust screw (15, Figure 103) in DELTA P REGULATOR
BORE (Figure 104), to set discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101)
within limits shown in Table 104, Test Point 1.
(5) Recheck discharge flow at 10 degrees and 74 degrees as necessary to obtain a discharge
flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101) of 291-309 PPH (132-140 KGH).
(6) If 74-degree resolver angle cannot be obtained, adjust fuel valve servo maximum flow stop
as follows to achieve 74-degree (74.5 degrees maximum) resolver angle.
(a) Turn SET POINT ADJUSTMENT knob on resolver module (48, Figure 101) clockwise
until resolver angle on resolver module (48) stops increasing, indicating that fuel
valve servo is against maximum stop. Note resolver angle reading.
(c) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers (10), and cover assembly (15).
(d) Using a 5/32 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn piston (25, Figure 108)
to change maximum stop setting. One half turn counterclockwise raises resolver
angle 1 degree on resolver module (48, Figure 101).
(e) Apply Fed. Spec VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108).
Page 1049
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(f) Install cover assembly (15) and secure with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (5).
Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(1) Set conditions in Table 104, Test Point 2. Set SET POINTS on resolver module (48, Figure 101)
to 74 degrees. Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to ON. Record Pc minus Pb.
(2) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Record Pcr minus Pb
on gauge (13). If Pcr minus Pb or Pc minus Pb is out of limits shown in Table 104,
Test Point 2, adjust out-of limits Pc or Pcr as described in Pc and Pcr Regulator
Calibration. Repeat all steps of Pc and Pcr Regulator Calibration (Low Flow), Resolver
Calibration, and Pc and Pcr Regulator Calibration (High Flow).
Page 1050
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-804
5. Internal Leakage.
A. Start Conditions.
Test S/O Fuel Speed Pb Re- P22 Ps-Pb VSV HPTCC Dis-
Point Sole- Inlet CRPM PSIG solver PSIG PSID VBV LPTCC charge
noid PPH (kPa) Angle (kPa) (kPa) Torque RACC Flow
Posi- (KGH) De- Motors Torque PPH
Min Max
tion grees mA Motors (KGH)
mA
1 Run 2,000 1,800 50 Adj Adj 480 510 300 300 330
(907) (345) (3309) (3516) Min Min (150)
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10) within
limits shown in Table 105, Test Point 1, while using regulator (6, Figure 101) to lower inlet
flow until P1 minus P2 on gauge (27) is less than 15 PSID (103 kPa). Record Pb leakage
flow on flowmeter (44). Flow must not exceed 1,125 PPH (510 KGH).
B. Operating Simulation.
(2) Null the VSV, VBV, HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(a) Using VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VSV HEAD
on gauge (35) equal to VSV ROD on gauge (37).
(b) Using VBV module (54), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VBV OPEN on gauge
(23) equal to VBV CLOSE on gauge (27).
(c) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF and note
Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
Page 1051
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(d) Using HPTCC module (55), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set HPTCC-Pb pressure
on gauge (39) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(e) Using LPTCC module (56), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set LPTCC-Pb pressure
on gauge (17) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(f) Using RACC module (57), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set RACC-Pb pressure on
gauge (41) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(3) Using regulator (31), adjust P22 to maintain Ps on gauge (8) at 1,200-1,300 PSIG
(8274-8963 kPa) while using regulator (6) to lower inlet flow until P1 minus P2 on
gauge (27) is less than 15 PSID (103 kPa). Record Pb leakage flow on flowmeter
(44). Flow must not exceed 2,300 PPH (1043 KGH).
Page 1052
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-805
B. Null the VSV, VBV, HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(1) Using VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VSV HEAD
on gauge (35) equal to VSV ROD on gauge (37).
(2) Using VBV module (54), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VBV OPEN on gauge
(23) equal to VBV CLOSE on gauge (27).
(3) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF and note
Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(4) Using HPTCC module (55), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set HPTCC-Pb pressure on
gauge (39) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(5) Using LPTCC module (56), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set LPTCC-Pb pressure on
gauge (17) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(6) Using RACC module (57), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set RACC-Pb pressure on
gauge (41) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
C. Using regulator (6) to adjust inlet flow, regulator (31) to adjust P22, and SET POINTS function of
resolver module (48) to adjust discharge flow, set Ps to 1,250 PSIG (8618 kPa) on gauge (8).
(1) Record overboard drain leakage from control adapter (1). Leakage must
not exceed 1.5 cc/minute.
E. External Leakage.
(1) Completely dry the outside of the HMU and inspect for external leaks or
moisture. No leaks or moisture is allowed.
Page 1053
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-806
B. If the HMU is not already in the underspeed condition, use WT-119658 adjustment tool
to adjust WT-128625-4 calibration tool (Figure 107), which together with WT-128625-2
calibration tool is installed in the governor bore of WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure
104), until the HMU is in the underspeed condition. Turn WT-128625-4 calibration tool
counterclockwise until metered flow drops below 2000 PPH (907 KGH).
C. After metered flow drops below 2000 PPH (907 KGH), turn WT-128625-4
calibration tool clockwise 3.5-4.5 flats.
D. Shut down test stand inputs, and remove WT-119658 adjustment tool. Install WT-124481 test
tool in location from which WT-119658 adjustment tool was removed.
E. Set conditions in Table 108, Test Point 2, and increase speed until discharge flow drops
below 300 PPH (136 KGH). Using WT-124481 test tool, adjust screw (5, Figure 117) so
that overspeed governor speed is between 6,452 and 6,483 CRPM. Measure and record
speed at which discharge flow drops below 300 PPH (136 KGH).
NOTE: Turning screw (5, Figure 117) one flat counterclockwise raises the
overspeed governor setting 68 CRPM.
F. Set conditions in Table 108, Test Point 1. Increase speed until discharge flow drops below 300
PPH (136 KGH). Record speed. Subtract this speed from speed recorded in the previous
step. The difference between speeds can be no more than ± 17 CRPM.
Page 1054
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-807
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-001
(1) Set conditions in Table 103, Test Point 3. Using SET POINTS function on resolver
module (48, Figure 101), set discharge flow to 315-345 PPH (143-156 KGH) on
flowmeter (33 or 59). Using regulator (31), set P22 at 75 PSIG (496 kPa). Set
solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to ON.
(2) Using regulator (43), adjust Pb until Pc on gauge (13) is 350 PSIG (2482 kPa). Record
P2 on gauge (28). P2 must be between 399-429 PSIG (2751-2958 kPa).
(a) Turn off test stand inputs, remove WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104),
and disassemble pressurizing valve as follows:
FOR 8061-531
CAUTION: ALL 8061-531 HMUs MUST PASS X-RAY INSPECTION (SEE
CHECK, X-RAY INSPECTION OF PRESSURIZING VALVE ROD
ENGAGEMENT) IF PRESSURIZING VALVE ROD (15) IS ADJUSTED
OR REMOVED FROM PISTON ASSEMBLY (55).
2 Install WT-63536-7 assembly tool in rod (15) and remove plug assembly (70).
Remove rod (15) from plug assembly (70), and remove ball (20). Remove shim
(30), spring (35), and shim (40) from piston assembly (55).
(b) Adding shim (40) will increase P2 0.18 PSI (1,2 kPa) per 0.001 inch (0,03
mm) shim. Assemble pressurizing valve as follows:
For 8061-531
CAUTION: CHECK PACKING (50) AND SEAL (45) FOR DAMAGE AND
REPLACE IF NECESSARY.
1 Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to seal (45, Figure 109). Using
WT-114408 assembly tool, size seal (45). Install piston assembly (55) in sleeve
(60). Install adjusted shim (40) and spring (35) in piston assembly (55).
Page 1055
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
3 Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to adjusted shim (30, Figure
109) and position shim on plug assembly (70). Check alignment of shim
(30) so shim will not be pinched between plug assembly (70) and sleeve
(60) when plug assembly (70) is installed.
4 Check 2 packings (25) for damage and replace if necessary. Install plug
assembly (70) on body assembly (65). Be sure plug assembly (70) is
properly positioned and secure with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (5).
Torque 4 screws (5) 73-87 lb. in. (8,25-9,83 N.m).
For 8061-531
CAUTION: ALL 8061-531 HMUs MUST PASS X-RAY INSPECTION (SEE
CHECK, X-RAY INSPECTION OF PRESSURIZING VALVE ROD
ENGAGEMENT) IF PRESSURIZING VALVE ROD (15) IS ADJUSTED
OR REMOVED FROM PISTON ASSEMBLY (55).
5 Install ball (20) into proper hole in plug assembly (70). Ensuring that ball (20)
remains in proper location, insert rod (15) through plug assembly (70) and into
piston assembly (55). Turn rod (15) until it bottoms out, then back out 2 turns.
(c) Repeat the first three steps under Initial Regulation of Pressurizing Valve.
(4) Set conditions in Table 104, Test Point 1. Using SET POINTS function on resolver
module (48, Figure 101), set discharge flow to 13,000 PPH (5897 KGH) on flowmeter
(33 or 59). Using regulator (31), set P22 at 1,100 PSIG (7584 kPa).
(5) Set solenoid module (51) BSV solenoid switch to OFF. Using regulator (43), adjust
Pb until Pcr read on gauge (65) is 200 PSIG (1379 kPa). Subtract P22 on gauge (30)
from Ps on gauge (8). Difference must not exceed 100 PSID (690 kPa). If difference is
within limits, proceed to Shutoff Switch Calibration. If difference is out-of-limits, adjust
pressurizing valve as described previously, and proceed to next step.
(6) Repeat second step under Initial Regulation of Pressurizing Valve. If P2 is still out-of-limits,
disassemble pressurizing valve as described previously. Check seal (45, Figure
109) and packing (50) for damage and replace if necessary.
Page 1056
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-002
(1) Set conditions in Table 109, Test Point 1. Using SET POINTS function on resolver
module (48, Figure 101), set resolver angle at 10 degrees. Set discharge flow to zero,
then slowly increase discharge flow to 300 PPH (136 KGH).
(2) Measure and record the fuel flow at which switch (75, Figure 109) activates as
indicated by illumination of RED light on HP VALVE section of switch position
indicator module (50, Figure 101). Switch (75, Figure 109) should activate at a
discharge flow between 50-150 PPH (23-68 KGH).
(3) If switch (75) activates at a flow above 150 PPH (68 KGH), adjust rod (15) as follows: Using
a 3/32 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn rod (15, Figure 109) counterclockwise
until switch actuates at a flow not exceeding 150 PPH (68 KGH).
(4) Using regulator (6, Figure 101), slowly reduce discharge flow on flowmeter
(33 or 59) from 300 PPH (136 KGH) to zero.
(5) Record discharge flow at which switch (75, Figure 109) deactivates as indicated by illumination
of GREEN light on HP VALVE section of switch position indicator module (50, Figure 101).
Switch (75, Figure 109) must deactivate at a discharge flow of 225 PPH (102 KGH) maximum.
Page 1057
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-808
B. Adjust BUS VOLTAGE on metering module (52, Figure 101) until top meter of metering module
reads 17.0 Vdc. Move SHUTOFF SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51) to SHUTOFF
position. Record Ps minus Pb on gauge (10). Ps minus Pb must be 356-405 PSID (2454-2792 kPa).
C. Disconnect the discharge line from the HMU. Record shutoff valve leakage from
the HMU DISCHARGE PORT (see Figure 102) for a minimum of two minutes.
Leakage must not exceed 10 cc/minute.
D. Lower inlet flow to 4,000 PPH (1814 KGH). Connect the discharge line to the HMU. Move
SHUTOFF SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51, Figure 101) to RUN position. Use SET
POINTS function on resolver module (48) to reduce RESOLVER ANGLE to minimum angle
possible. Record RESOLVER ANGLE from resolver module (48). Minimum resolver angle must
be 5.0-5.5 degrees. If resolver angle is out-of-limits, adjust minimum stop as follows:
(1) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers
(10), and cover assembly (15).
(2) Adjust stop (30) to bring resolver angle within limits. Turning stop (30) outward will
increase resolver angle, and turning stop (30) inward will decrease resolver angle. Turning
stop (30) one turn changes resolver angle approximately 2 1/2 degrees.
(3) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108) and be sure packing
(20) is correctly installed in cover assembly (15). Install cover assembly (15), 4 washers
(10), and 4 screws (5). Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
E. Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48, Figure 101) to set discharge
flow on flowmeter (33 or 59) at 1,000 PPH (454 KGH). Move SHUTOFF SOLENOID
switch on solenoid module (51) to SHUTOFF position.
F. Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48) to reduce RESOLVER ANGLE
to minimum angle possible. Adjust BUS VOLTAGE on metering module (52) until
top meter of metering module reads zero.
Page 1058
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
G. Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48) to increase RESOLVER ANGLE
until discharge flow appears on flowmeter (33 or 59). Record discharge flow. Discharge
flow must not exceed 150 PPH (68 KGH).
H. Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48) to set discharge flow on flowmeter
(33 or 59) at 1,000 PPH (454 KGH). Reduce discharge flow with SET POINTS function on
resolver module (48) until discharge flow drops to zero (shutdown).
I. Record lowest discharge flow obtained prior to complete stoppage of flow. Discharge
flow at shutdown must not exceed 225 PPH (102 KGH).
J. If discharge flow exceeds 225 PPH (102 KGH), do steps to reset minimum resolver
angle to lowest limit of 5.0-5.5 degrees again.
Page 1059
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-809
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-003
A. Resolver Adjustment.
(2) With resolver angle set at 10 degrees, loosen RESOLVER CLAMPING SCREW (Figure
104), and adjust resolver (10, Figure 103) via RESOLVER BORE (Figure 104) to set a
discharge flow within limits specified in Table 111, Test Point 1, on flowmeter (33 or 59,
Figure 101). A one degree movement of resolver (10, Figure 103) changes discharge
flow 55.8 PPH (25 KGH) at minimum flow. Torque RESOLVER CLAMPING SCREW
(Figure 104) 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m) above measured run on torque.
Page 1060
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-004
(1) Run Table 111, Test Points 2 through 8, and record discharge flow on
flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101).
(2) If 74 degree resolver angle specified in Table 111, Test Point 8, cannot be
obtained, adjust fuel valve servo maximum flow stop as follows to achieve 74
degrees (74.5 degrees maximum) resolver angle.
(a) Turn SET POINT ADJUSTMENT knob on resolver module (48, Figure 101) clockwise
until resolver angle on resolver module (48) stops increasing, indicating that fuel
valve servo is against maximum stop. Note resolver angle reading.
(c) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers (10), and cover assembly (15).
(d) Using a 5/32 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn piston (25, Figure 108)
to change maximum stop setting. One half turn counterclockwise raises resolver
angle 1 degree on resolver module (48, Figure 101).
(e) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108) and be
sure packing (20) is correctly installed in cover assembly (15).
(f) Install cover assembly (15) and secure with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (5).
Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(3) If discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101) is out-of-limits for Table
111, Test Point 8, adjust discharge flow as follows:
(b) With resolver angle set at 74 degrees, adjust discharge flow using screw (15,
Figure 103) in DELTA P REGULATOR BORE (Figure 104).
(c) Using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn screw (15, Figure 103)
clockwise to increase discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101).
(d) Repeat Resolver Adjustment and Discharge Flow Test sections, adjusting discharge
flow of Table 111, Test Point 1, as described in second step of Resolver Adjustment
section, toward low or high limit until all test points are within limits.
Page 1061
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-005
(2) Adjust SET POINT ADJ knob on resolver module (48, Figure 101) until discharge
flow on flowmeter (33 or 59) stops increasing.
Page 1062
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-006
(1) Set conditions in Table 111, Test Point 9. Set switch on FMV torque motor module (49,
Figure 101) to CURRENT, and turn CURRENT ADJUST knob clockwise to stop. Set resolver
module (48) LOOP switch to CLOSE, and set GAIN switch to HIGH. If necessary, use a
hexagonal wrench (see Table 102) to adjust screw (20, Figure 103) until current reads 40
mA. One turn clockwise of screw (20) reduces null current by 86 mA.
(2) Set resolver module (48) LOOP gain to LOW. When discharge flow rises, set current to NULL.
(3) Hold PRESET POINTS button on resolver module (48, Figure 101) until resolver
angle drops. Release PRESET POINTS button.
(a) Resolver angle will automatically go from 10 degrees to 65 degrees, and resolver
module (48) will display time required to go from 10 degrees to 65 degrees
for approximately 1.5 seconds. Record time as A.
(b) Resolver angle will then go from 65 degrees to 10 degrees, and resolver
module (48) will display time required to go from 65 degrees to 10 degrees
for approximately 1.5 seconds. Record time as B.
(c) A and B must be within 0.2 seconds of each other. If A and B are out-of-limits, proceed to
the next step. If A and B are within limits, proceed to Pilot Valve Nulling section.
(4) If A is more than 0.2 seconds greater than B, motor (20, Figure 110) must
be moved toward test stand as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 4 screws (5). Adjust screw (10) and screw (15) to move motor (20)
toward test stand. Torque 4 screws (5) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m), and torque screw
(10) and screw (15) to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(b) Do the necessary Fuel Metering Valve Servo Slew Rate steps again to
determine if A and B are now in limits.
(5) If B is more than 0.2 seconds greater than A, motor (20, Figure 110) must
be moved away from test stand as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 4 screws (5). Adjust screws (10 and 15) to move motor (20) away from
test stand. Torque 4 screws (5) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m), and torque screw (10)
and screw (15) to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(b) Do the necessary Fuel Metering Valve Servo Slew Rate steps again to
determine if A and B are now in limits.
Page 1063
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-007
(2) Set SELECT switch on FMV torque motor module (49, Figure 101) to CURRENT. Set
resolver module (48) LOOP switch to OPEN. Set knob for center meter of metering
module (52) at position 7 to read FMV torque motor current.
(3) Adjust CURRENT ADJ knob on FMV torque motor module (49) until discharge flow on
flowmeter (33 or 59) stops increasing or decreasing and remains stationary at approximately
6,000 PPH (2722 KGH). Record FMV torque motor current shown on center meter of
metering module (52). FMV torque motor null current must be 34-46 mA.
(a) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (20, Figure 103) through FMV
adjustment screw access hole in WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104) to change FMV
preload. One turn clockwise of screw (20, Figure 103) reduces null current by 86 mA.
(5) If adjustment of screw (20, Figure 103) does not set FMV torque motor null current
within limits, adjust FMV torque motor (25) as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 4 screws (5, Figure 110) so motor (20) can be moved.
(b) Turning screw (10) and screw (15) 1/8 turn counterclockwise will raise FMV torque motor
null current 37 mA. Torque 4 screws (5) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw
(10) and screw (15) to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
Page 1064
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-008
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on FMV torque motor module (49), set FMV null current to zero
mA and note discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59). Discharge flow should decrease.
(2) If discharge flow increases, be sure that wires of motor (25, Figure 103) and resolver
(10) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct and
discharge flow still increases, replace motor (25) or resolver (10).
(3) Set LOOP switch on resolver module (48, Figure 101) to CLOSE, and set SELECT switch on
FMV torque motor module (49) to NULL. Set GAIN switch on resolver module (48) to HIGH.
Page 1065
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-009
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on FMV torque motor module (49)
to RESISTANCE TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering module
(52) to position 7 to display FMV torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on FMV torque motor module (49) down to read
motor (25, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out-of-limits, replace motor (25, Figure 103).
(3) Set FUNCTION switch on FMV torque motor module (49, Figure 101) to NORMAL.
Page 1066
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-810
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-010
(2) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 1 to
display VSV torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module
(53), adjust torque motor current to -300 ± 50 mA.
(3) Adjust P22 to obtain Ps-Pb reading of 450 ± 3 PSID (3103 ± 21 kPa). Back screw (30, Figure
103) out. Screw (30) can be accessed through VSV ADJUSTMENT SCREW ACCESS
HOLE in WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104). Set torque motor current first to -300 ±
10 mA then to 24 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting 24 mA by more than 1 mA.
NOTE: If overshoot occurs, set current to -300 mA again and adjust to proper current level.
(4) Slightly loosen 4 screws (25, Figure 110) and adjust screw (30) until VSV
HEAD pressure on gauge (35, Figure 101) minus VSV ROD pressure on
gauge (37) is less than ± 10 PSID (69 kPa).
Page 1067
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(5) Torque 4 screws (25, Figure 110) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m) while noting VSV
HEAD pressure on gauge (35, Figure 101) minus VSV ROD pressure on gauge
(37). If reading is not less than ± 10 PSID (69 kPa), slightly loosen screw (30,
Figure 110) and readjust motor (35) with screw (30).
NOTE: Repeat the last two steps until VSV HEAD pressure on gauge (35, Figure
101) minus VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37) is less than ± 10 PSID (69
kPa) after 4 screws (25, Figure 110) have been torqued.
(6) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), set torque motor current
to -300 ± 10 mA then to -6 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -6 mA by more than 1 mA.
Adjust screw (30, Figure 103) to obtain a VSV HEAD pressure on gauge (35, Figure 101)
minus VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37) of ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(7) After adjustment, using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53), exercise torque motor
current between ± 380 mA, then adjust current to -300 ± 10 mA. Adjust current until VSV HEAD
pressure on gauge (35) and VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37) is ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(8) Note VSV torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). VSV
torque motor null current must be between -10 to -2 mA.
(9) If VSV torque motor null current is out-of-limits, do the following again.
(a) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), set torque motor current
to -300 ± 10 mA then to -6 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -6 mA by more than 1 mA.
Adjust screw (30, Figure 103) to obtain a VSV HEAD pressure on gauge (35, Figure
101) minus VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37) of ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(10) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (30, Figure
103), do VSV Pilot Valve Calibration again.
Page 1068
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-011
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust VSV torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). VSV HEAD pressure on
gauge (35) must be greater than VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37).
(2) If VSV ROD pressure is greater than VSV HEAD pressure, be sure wires of motor (35,
Figure 110) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct
and VSV ROD pressure is still greater than VSV HEAD pressure, replace motor (35).
Page 1069
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-012
(1) Turn off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (35, Figure 101), and gauge (37) from WT-128625
calibration tool (Figure 104). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58,
Figure 101) to VSV HEAD port \(Figure 104) and negative (minus) hose to VSV ROD PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 447-453 PSID (3082-3123 kPa) while running Table 112. Using CURRENT ADJ
knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), first adjust torque motor current to -300 ± 10
mA then to the values listed in Table 112. Using needle valve (part of WT-114096 test
fixture [58, Figure 101]), set pressure gauge on WT-114096 test fixture to maintain
283-287 PSID (1951-1979 kPa) while running Table 112.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 1 mA, adjust torque motor
current to -300 ± 10 mA first, then reset desired current.
(3) Run Table 112, Test Points 2 and 5, and record VSV HEAD minus VSV ROD flow
on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in
Table 112 indicate greater flow from VSV Head Port.
(4) If flows in Test Points 2 and 5 are not equal or if they are out-of-limits, repeat last
step of VSV Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling section, to bring test points
within limits and set them as close to equal as possible.
(5) Run Test Points 3 and 4. If flows in Test Points 3 and 4 are not equal, repeat
second to last step of VSV Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling section,
to set test points as close to equal as possible.
(6) Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and install gauge (35) and gauge
(37). Set conditions in Table 112, Test Point 1, and repeat necessary steps of
VSV Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling section.
Page 1070
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-013
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on module (53, Figure 101) to
RESISTANCE TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering module
(52) to position 1 to display VSV torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on VSV torque motor module (53) down to read
motor (35, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out-of-limits, replace motor (35, Figure 103).
Page 1071
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-811
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-014
(2) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 2 to
display VBV torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module
(54), adjust torque motor current to -300 ± 50 mA.
(3) Adjust P22 to obtain Ps-Pb reading of 450 ± 3 PSID (3103 ± 21 kPa). Back screw (40, Figure
103) out. Screw (40) can be accessed through VBV ADJUSTMENT SCREW ACCESS
HOLE in WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104). Set torque motor current first to -300 ±
10 mA then to 0 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting zero mA by more than 1 mA.
NOTE: If overshoot occurs, reset current to -300 mA, then adjust to proper current level.
(4) Slightly loosen 4 screws (40, Figure 110). Using WT-116921 assembly tool, adjust
screw (45) until VBV OPEN pressure on gauge (23, Figure 101) minus VBV CLOSE
pressure on gauge (21) is less than ± 10 PSID (69 kPa).
Page 1072
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(5) Torque 4 screws (40, Figure 110) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m) while noting VBV
OPEN pressure on gauge (23, Figure 101) minus VBV CLOSE pressure on gauge
(21). If reading is not less than ± 10 PSID (69 kPa), slightly loosen 4 screws (40,
Figure 110) and readjust motor (50) with screw (45).
NOTE: Do the last two steps until VBV OPEN pressure on gauge (23, Figure 101)
minus VBV ROD pressure on gauge (21) is less than ± 10 PSID (69 kPa)
after 4 screws (40, Figure 110) have been torqued.
(6) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), set torque motor current
to -300 ± 10 mA then to -30 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -30 mA by more than 1 mA.
Adjust screw (40, Figure 103) to obtain a VBV OPEN pressure on gauge (23, Figure 101)
minus VBV ROD pressure on gauge (21) of ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(7) After adjustment, using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54), exercise torque motor
current between ± 380 mA, then adjust current to -300 ± 10 mA. Adjust current until VBV HEAD
pressure on gauge (23) and VBV ROD pressure on gauge (21) is ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(8) Note VBV torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). VBV
torque motor null current must be between -25 to -35 mA.
(9) If VBV torque motor null current is out of limits, do the following again:
(a) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), set torque motor current to
-300 ± 10 mA then to -30 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -30 mA by more than 1 mA.
Adjust screw (40, Figure 103) to obtain a VBV OPEN pressure on gauge (23, Figure
101) minus VBV ROD pressure on gauge (21) of ± 10 PSID (69 kPa) or less.
(10) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (40, Figure
103), do VBV Pilot Valve Calibration again.
Page 1073
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-015
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), adjust VBV torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). VBV OPEN pressure on
gauge (23) must be greater than VBV CLOSE pressure on gauge (21).
(2) If VBV CLOSE pressure is greater than VBV OPEN pressure, be sure wires of motor (45,
Figure 103) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct
and VBV CLOSE pressure is still greater than VBV OPEN pressure, replace motor (45).
Page 1074
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-016
(1) Turn off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (21, Figure 101) and gauge (23) from WT-128625
calibration tool, Figure 103. Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure
101) to VBV OPEN PORT (Figure 104) and negative (minus) hose to VBV CLOSE PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 447-453 PSID (3082-3123 kPa) while running Table 113. Using CURRENT ADJ
knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), first adjust torque motor current to -300 ± 10
mA then to the values listed in Table 113. Using needle valve (part of WT-114096 test
fixture [58, Figure 101]), set pressure gauge on WT-114096 test fixture to maintain
283-287 PSIG (1951-1979 kPa) while running Table 113.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 1 mA, adjust torque motor
current to -300 ± 10 mA first, then reset desired current.
(3) Run Table 113, Test Points 2 and 5, and record VBV OPEN minus VBV CLOSE
flow on WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in Table
113 indicate greater flow from VBV OPEN PORT.
(4) If flows in Test Points 2 and 5 are not equal or if they are out of limits, slightly loosen 4 screws
(40, Figure 110) and adjust screw (45) until flows in Test Points 2 and 5 are approximately equal.
(5) Run Test Points 3 through 5. If flows in Test Points 3 and 4 are not equal, adjust screw
(40, Figure 103) until flows in Test Points 3 and 4 are approximately equal.
(6) Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and install gauge (21) and gauge
(23). Set conditions in Table 113, Test Point 1, and repeat necessary steps of
VBV Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling section.
Page 1075
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-017
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on VBV torque motor module (54,
Figure 101) to RESISTANCE TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering
module (52) to position 2 to display VBV torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on VBV torque motor module (54) down to read
motor (45, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out of limits, replace motor (45, Figure 103).
Page 1076
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-812
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-018
(1) Set conditions in Table 114, Test Point 1, and set LPTCC and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(a) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 4 to display
LPTCC torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56), adjust
torque motor current to between -20 to -40 mA on center meter of metering module (52).
(b) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 5 to display
RACC torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57), adjust
torque motor current to between -20 to -40 mA on center meter of metering module (52).
(2) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter of
metering module (52) to position 3 to display HPTCC torque motor current.
Page 1077
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55), adjust torque motor current to -300 ±
10 mA then adjust torque motor current until HPTCC minus Pb pressure on gauge (39)
and Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(4) Note HPTCC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). HPTCC torque
motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA. Record null current.
(5) If HPTCC torque motor null current is out of limits, adjust HPTCC preload as follows:
(a) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (50, Figure 103)
through HPTCC ADJUSTMENT SCREW ACCESS HOLE in WT-128625
calibration tool, Figure 104 to set null current within limits. One turn clockwise
reduces HPTCC torque motor null current 19.5 mA.
(6) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (50, Figure
103), adjust position of motor (55) as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 2 screws (5, Figure 111) and 2 screws (10) so motor (15) can
be moved by turning screw (20) and screw (25).
(b) Moving motor (15) toward WT-128625 calibration tool increases null current
9.3 mA per 0.001 in. (0,03 mm). Torque 2 screws (5) and 2 screws (10)
13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (20) and screw (25) to measured
run-on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(c) Perform HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration again to reset HPTCC torque motor null.
Page 1078
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-019
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) , adjust HPTCC torque
motor current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). HPTCC minus Pb
pressure on gauge (39) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than HPTCC minus Pb pressure, be sure wires of motor
(15, Figure 111) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct
and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than HPTCC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (15).
Page 1079
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-020
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (39, Figure 101) from WT-128625 calibration
tool (Figure 104). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101)
to HPTCC PORT (Figure 104), and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 114.
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) , adjust HPTCC
torque motor current to -300 ± 10 mA then to values listed in Table 114 without
overshooting the desired value by more than 1 mA.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 1 mA, adjust torque motor
current to -300 ± 10 mA first, then reset desired current.
(4) Adjust needle valve (part of WT-114096 test fixture [58, Figure 101]) to wide
open position. At each Test Point, record HPTCC flow for Channel A and
Channel B on WT-114096 test fixture (58).
(5) Check flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 0.3 mA and at 210 mA ± 0.3 mA. Record
HPTCC flows on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Flows should be
within 150 PPH (68 KGH) of each other at each setting. The 150 PPH (68 KGH) range
is desirable but not always possible or necessary to obtain a schedule. Positive flow
values in Table 114 indicate greater flow from HPTCC PORT.
(6) If flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 3 mA and at 210 mA ± 3 mA are
out-of-limits, adjust position of motor (55) to bring flows within limits. Follow steps
described in Pilot Valve Nulling for out-of-limits null current.
(7) Adjust HPTCC torque motor current to -300 mA first, then run Table 114, Test
Points 2 through 8. If flows in Test Points 4 and 5 are not equal, adjust HPTCC
preload to set test points as close to equal as possible. Follow steps under Pilot
Valve Nulling for out-of-limits torque motor null current.
Page 1080
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-021
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on module (55) to RESISTANCE
TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering module (52) to
position 3 to display HPTCC torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on HPTCC torque motor module (55) down to
read motor (55, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out-of-limits, replace motor (55, Figure 103).
Page 1081
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-813
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-022
(1) Set conditions in Table 114, Test Point 1, and set HPTCC and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(a) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) with knob
for center meter of metering module (52) in position 3 to display HPTCC
torque motor current, set HPTCC torque motor at null current recorded in
HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling.
(b) Null RACC torque motor as described in HPTCC Pilot Valve Cali-
bration, Pilot Valve Nulling.
(2) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter of
metering module (52) to position 4 to display LPTCC torque motor current.
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56), adjust torque motor current to -300
± 10 mA, then adjust torque motor current until LPTCC minus Pb pressure on gauge (17)
and Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(4) Note LPTCC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). LPTCC torque
motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA. Record null current.
(5) If LPTCC torque motor null current is out of limits, adjust LPTCC preload as follows:
(a) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (60, Figure 103)
through LPTCC ADJUSTMENT SCREW ACCESS HOLE in WT-128625
calibration tool (Figure 104) to set null current within limits. One turn clockwise
reduces LPTCC torque motor null current 19.5 mA.
(6) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (60, Figure
103), adjust position of motor (65) as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 2 screws (30, Figure 111) and 2 screws (35) so that motor (40)
can be moved by turning screw (45) and screw (50).
Page 1082
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(b) Moving motor (40) toward WT-128625 calibration tool increases null current
9.3 mA per 0.001 inch (0,03 mm). Torque 2 screws (30) and 2 screws (35)
13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (45) and screw (50) to measured
run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(c) Do LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration again to reset LPTCC torque motor null.
Page 1083
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-023
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56, Figure 101) , adjust LPTCC torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). LPTCC minus Pb pressure
on gauge (17) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than LPTCC minus Pb pressure, be sure wires of motor
(40, Figure 111) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct
and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than LPTCC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (40).
Page 1084
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-024
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (17, Figure 101) from WT-128625 calibration
tool (Figure 104). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101)
to LPTCC PORT (Figure 104) and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 114.
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56, Figure 101) , adjust LPTCC
torque motor current to -300 ± 10 mA then to values listed in Table 114 without
overshooting the desired values by more than 1 mA.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 1 mA, adjust torque
motor current using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56) to
-300 ± 10 mA, then reset desired current.
(4) Adjust needle valve (part of WT-114096 test fixture [58]) to wide open position. At
each test point record from WT-114096 test fixture (58) LPTCC flow for Channel
A and Channel B and flowmeter Delta P for Channel A only.
(5) Check flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 0.3 mA and at 210 mA ± 0.3 mA. Record
LPTCC flow on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Flows should be
within 150 PPH (68 KGH) of each other at each setting. The 150 PPH (68 KGH) range
is desirable but not always possible or necessary to obtain a schedule. Positive flow
values in Table 114 indicate greater flow from LPTCC PORT.
(6) If flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 3 mA and at 210 mA ± 3 mA are
out-of-limits, adjust position of motor (65) to bring flows within limits. Follow steps
under Pilot Valve Nulling for out-of limits null current.
(7) Adjust LPTCC torque motor current to -300 mA first, then run Table 114, Test Points
3 through 8. If flows in Test Points 4 and 5 are not equal, adjust LPTCC preload
to set test points as close to equal as possible. Follow the steps under Pilot Valve
Nulling for out-of-limits LPTCC torque motor null current.
Page 1085
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-025
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on module (56, Figure 101) to
RESISTANCE TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering module
(52) to position 4 to display LPTCC torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on LPTCC torque motor module (56) down to read
motor (25, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out-of-limits, replace motor (65, Figure 103).
Page 1086
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-814
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-026
(1) Set conditions in Table 115, Test Point 1, and set HPTCC and LPTCC pilot valves as follows:
(a) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) with knob
for center meter of metering module (52) at position 3 to display HPTCC
torque motor current, set HPTCC torque motor at null current recorded in
HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling.
(b) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56) with knob for center meter of
metering module (52) at position 4 to display LPTCC torque motor current, set LPTCC
torque motor at null current recorded in LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Nulling.
(2) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter of
metering module (52) to position 5 to display RACC torque motor current.
Page 1087
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57, Figure 101), adjust torque motor current to
-300 ± 10 mA, then adjust torque motor current until RACC minus Pb pressure on gauge
(41) and Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(4) Note RACC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). RACC torque
motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA. Record null current.
(5) If RACC torque motor null current is out of limits, adjust RACC preload as follows:
(a) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (70, Figure 103) through RACC
ADJUSTMENT SCREW ACCESS HOLE in WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104) to
set null current within limits. One turn clockwise reduces RACC torque motor null 19.5 mA.
(6) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (70, Figure
103), adjust position of motor (75) as follows:
(a) Partially loosen 4 screws (55, Figure 111) so motor (60) can be moved
by adjusting screws (65 and 70).
(b) Moving motor (60) toward WT-128625 calibration tool increases null current 9.3 mA per
0.001 in. (0,03 mm). Torque 4 screws (55) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw
(65) and screw (70) to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(c) Do RACC Pilot Valve Calibration again to reset RACC torque motor null.
Page 1088
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-027
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57, Figure 101), adjust RACC torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). RACC minus Pb pressure
on gauge (41) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than RACC minus Pb pressure, be sure wires of motor (75,
Figure 103) are connected to the correct terminals of test box 8939-050. If wiring is correct
and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than RACC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (75).
Page 1089
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-028
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (41, Figure 101) from WT-128625 calibration
tool (Figure 104). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101)
to RACC PORT (Figure 104) and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 115.
(3) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57, Figure 101), adjust RACC
torque motor current to -300 ± 10 mA, then to values listed in Table 115 without
overshooting the desired values by more than 1 mA.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 1 mA, adjust torque
motor current using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57) to
-300 ± 10 mA, then reset desired current.
(4) Adjust needle valve (part of WT-114096 test fixture [58]) to wide open position. At
each test point record from WT-114096 test fixture (58) RACC flow for Channel A
and Channel B and flowmeter Delta P for Channel A only.
(5) Check flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 0.3 mA and at 210 mA ± 0.3 mA. Record
RACC flow on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Flows should be
within 150 PPH (68 KGH) of each other at each setting. The 150 PPH (68 KGH) range
is desirable but not always possible or necessary to obtain a schedule. Positive flow
values in Table 115 indicate greater flow from RACC PORT (Figure 104).
(6) If flows with torque motor set at -270 mA ± 0.3 mA and at 210 mA ± 0.3 mA are
out-of-limits, adjust motor (75) position to bring flows within limits. Follow the steps
under Pilot Valve Nulling for out-of-limits null current.
(7) Adjust RACC torque motor current to -300 mA first, then run Table 115, Test Points
3 through 8. If flows in Test Points 4 and 5 are not equal, adjust RACC preload to
set test points as close to equal as possible. Follow the steps under Pilot Valve
Nulling for out-of-limits RACC torque motor null current.
Page 1090
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-029
(1) Shut down test stand inputs. Set FUNCTION switch on module (57, Figure 101) to
RESISTANCE TESTS. Set DCMA/OHMS knob for bottom meter of metering module
(52) to position 5 to display RACC torque motor coil resistance.
(2) Press COIL RESISTANCE switch on RACC torque motor module (57) down to read
motor (75, Figure 103) coil resistance on bottom meter of metering module (52,
Figure 101). Record coil resistance. Coil resistance must be 17.5-22.5 ohms. If coil
resistance is out-of-limits, replace motor (75, Figure 103).
Page 1091
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-815
(1) Set BSV SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51, Figure 101) to ON
position and CH SELECT switch to A.
(2) Record BSV-Pb solenoid output pressure on gauge (13). BSV-Pb pressure must
be between limits in Table 116, Test Point 2.
(1) Set BSV-Pb SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51, Figure 101) to OFF.
(2) Record BSV-Pb solenoid output pressure on gauge (13). BSV-Pb pressure must
be between limits in Table 116, Test Point 3.
D. If BSV solenoid output pressures are out-of-limits, adjust seats (5 and 10, Figure 106) as follows:
(1) To adjust Pc as necessary, use a 3/32 hexagonal wrench (see Table 102) to access seat (5,
Figure 106) through PC ADJUSTMENT HOLE of WT-128625 calibration tool. Turn wrench
clockwise to increase PSI, and turn wrench counterclockwise to decrease PSI.
(2) To adjust Pcr as necessary, use a #607 Handi-Hex Allen wrench handle (see Table
102), along with WT-128625-5 calibration tool (Figure 107), WT-128625-3 calibration
tool, and WT-128625-10 calibration tool, to access seat (10, Figure 106) through PCR
ADJUSTMENT HOLE of WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104). Turn wrench clockwise
to increase PSI, and turn wrench counterclockwise to decrease PSI.
Page 1092
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-816
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-030
(1) Remove WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104) from body assembly (45). Remove
washer (5, Figure 103) from WT-128625 calibration tool (Figure 104).
(2) Be sure seal (90, Figure 102), 2 packings (95), 8 packings (100), seal (105), and
packing (110) are properly installed in body assembly (115).
(3) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to one side of washer (5, Figure 103) to hold
washer in resolver bore in underside of plate assembly (85, Figure 102). Be sure that
packings (5 and 10, Figure 112) are properly installed in plate assembly (15).
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (10) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH (10)
ACTUATOR LEVER DURING ASSEMBLY.
(4) While lowering plate assembly (85, Figure 102) onto body assembly (115), insert switch (10,
Figure 113) through oval hole in plate assembly (15). Install plate assembly (85, Figure 102)
on body assembly (115) while being sure not to pinch wires of switch (10, Figure 113).
NOTE: Be sure wiring cavity of body assembly (115, Figure 102) is dry
before installing plate assembly (85).
Be sure cable wires in body assembly (115) are not pinched or crimped
when installing plate assembly (85).
(5) Install screw (65) and seal (70). Install washer (80) and screw (75). Install washer (50)
and screw (45). Install washer (40) and screw (35). Install 2 washers (60) and 2 screws
(55). Install 3 washers (20) and 3 screws (15). Install 2 washers (30) and 2 screws (25).
Torque screw (45, 65, and 75), 2 screws (55), and 3 screws (15) 105-110 lb. in. (11,87-12,43
N.m). Torque screw (35) and 2 screws (25) 144-168 lb. in. (16,27-18,98 N.m).
NOTE: Torque all screws again, in same sequence given, to ensure that all
screws are properly seated and torqued.
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (10, FIGURE 113) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH
(10) ACTUATOR LEVER DURING ASSEMBLY.
(6) Secure switch (10) to plate assembly (15) using 2 screws (5). Torque 2
screws (5) 5.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,62-0,68 N.m).
(7) Install strap (5, Figure 102) on plate assembly (85), and secure with screw (10).
Torque screw (10) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
Page 1093
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(8) Adjust 2 screws (55, Figure 110) to contact motor (35) and motor (50). Torque screws
(55) to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(9) Adjust screw (20, Figure 113) in plate assembly (15) to secure washer (5, Figure
103) and resolver (10). Torque screw (20, Figure 113) 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02
N.m) above measured run on torque.
Page 1094
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-031
B. Speed Setting.
(2) If the HMU is not already in the underspeed condition (P22 is at 15 PSIG [103 kPa] or higher),
remove plug (5, Figure 114), and using WT-119658 adjustment tool, turn screw (15) clockwise
until the HMU is in the underspeed condition. Turn screw (15) counterclockwise until discharge
flow drops below 2,000 PPH (907 KGH). After discharge flow drops below 2,000 PPH (907
KGH), turn screw (15) clockwise 3-1/2 to 4-1/2 flats (approximately 2/3 turn).
NOTE: Screw (15) can be adjusted with the HMU in the running condition by
using WT-119658 adjustment tool.
(4) Beginning at 1000 CRPM, increase speed until OSG (red) light on switch position
indicator module (50, Figure 101) illuminates. Record speed at which switch (10, Figure
113) activates. Switch (10) must activate within 2,347-2,958 CRPM.
(a) If switch (10, Figure 113) does not activate within limits, turn off test stand inputs,
remove plug assembly (10, Figure 114) from plate assembly (45), and adjust
spring assembly (20) using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102). Apply
VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (50, Figure 114) , and install plug
assembly (10), torquing it to 70-80 lb. in. (7,91-9,04 N.m).
NOTE: Turning spring assembly (20) clockwise one full turn raises
indicator switch point 1,100 CRPM.
Page 1095
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(5) Starting at 4,000 CRPM lower speed until the OSG (GREEN) light on switch position
indicator module (50, Figure 101) illuminates. Record speed at which switch (10, Figure
113) activates. Switch must deactivate within 2,347-2,958 CRPM.
(a) If switch (10, Figure 113) does not deactivate within limits, turn off test stand inputs,
remove plug assembly (10, Figure 114) from plate assembly (45), and adjust
spring assembly (20) using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102). Apply
VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (50, Figure 114) , and install plug
assembly (10), torquing it to 70-80 lb. in. (7,91-9,04 N.m).
NOTE: Turning spring assembly (20) clockwise one full turn raises
indicator switch point 1,100 CRPM.
(6) Shut down test stand inputs. Restart and recheck speed at which switch (10, Figure 113)
activates as indicated by illumination of OSG (red) light on switch position indicator module (50,
Figure 101). Switch (10, Figure 113) should activate within 50 CRPM of that recorded earlier.
CAUTION: DO NOT ADJUST SCREW (15, FIGURE 114) MORE THAN 1/2 FLAT (30
DEGREES), OR HMU MAY HAVE OVERSPEED GOVERNOR AND DELTA
P PROBLEMS AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURE.
(7) Set conditions in Table 117, Test Point 3. Increase speed until discharge flow drops below
300 PPH (136 KGH). CRPM should be 6,452-6,483. If CRPM is not within limits, use
WT-119658 adjustment tool, adjust screw (15, Figure 114) up to 1/2 flat if necessary
to obtain correct CRPM. Remove WT-119658 adjustment tool, and install plug (5) in
plug assembly (10). Torque plug (5) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
Page 1096
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-817
Page 1097
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Loosen screw (20, Figure 113). Using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102),
adjust resolver (10, Figure 103) via RESOLVER BORE (Figure 113), to obtain discharge
flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101) specified in Table 118, Test Point 1.
(2) A 1-degree movement of resolver (10, Figure 103) changes discharge flow 55.8 PPH (25
KGH) at minimum flow and 338 PPH (153 KGH) at maximum flow. Torque screw (20, Figure
113) to run on torque plus 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m). Record discharge flow.
(1) Run Table 118, Test Points 2 through 8, and record discharge flow on
flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101).
(2) If 74-degree resolver angle specified in Table 118, Test Point 8, cannot be obtained, adjust
fuel valve servo maximum flow stop as follows to achieve 74-degree resolver angle:
(b) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers (10), and cover assembly (15).
(c) Using a 5/32 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn piston (25, Figure 108)
to change maximum stop setting. One half turn counterclockwise raises resolver
angle 1 degree on resolver module (48, Figure 101).
(d) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108),
install cover assembly (15), and secure with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (5).
Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
Page 1098
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-818
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), set torque motor current to -300
± 10 mA, then to -6 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -6 mA by more than 1 mA. Slightly loosen
4 screws (25, Figure 110) and adjust screw (30) until VSV HEAD pressure on gauge (35,
Figure 101) is within 10 PSID (10 kPa) of VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37).
(2) After adjustment, using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101) exercise torque
motor current several times between ± 300 mA minimum, then adjust current to -300 mA ± 10
mA. Adjust current until VSV HEAD pressure on gauge (35) and VSV ROD pressure on gauge
(37) are within ± 10 PSID (69 kPa). VSV torque motor current should be within -10 to -2 mA.
(3) Torque 4 screws (25, Figure 110) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (30)
to measured run-on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), set torque motor current to
-300 ± 10 mA, then to -30 ± 0.3 mA without overshooting -30 mA by more than 1 mA. Slightly
loosen 4 screws (40, Figure 110) and adjust screw (45) until VBV OPEN pressure on gauge
(23, Figure 101) is within 10 PSID (10 kPa) of VBV CLOSE pressure on gauge (21).
(2) After adjustment, using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101) ,
exercise torque motor current several times between ± 300 mA minimum, then adjust
current to -300 mA ± 10 mA. Adjust current until VBV OPEN pressure on gauge
(23) and VBV CLOSE pressure on gauge (21) are within ± 10 PSID (69 kPa). VBV
torque motor current should be within -35 to -25 mA.
(3) Torque 4 screws (40, Figure 110) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (45) to
measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
Page 1099
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-819
(1) Turn off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (19, Figure 101) for SOV Port. Connect positive
hose of WT-114096 test fixture to SOV PORT and negative hose to sump. Close needle
valve of WT-114096 test fixture. Set conditions in Table 120, Test Point 1.
B. Fully open needle valve of WT-114096 test fixture. Measure SOV port flow on WT-114096 test
fixture. Flow must be 150 PPH (68 KGH) minimum. Close needle valve of WT-114096 test fixture.
(1) Set conditions in Table 120, Test Point 2. Move FMV angle to minimum stop conditions.
Open needle valve of WT-114096 test fixture slowly. Measure SOV port flow at which
pressurizing valve lights change. Flow must be 150 PPH (68 KGH) minimum.
D. Open valve and measure flow from SOV PORT (Figure 118). Flow must be
150 PPH (68 KGH) minimum.
Page 1100
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-820
A. The following steps contain procedures for final testing of the HMU. If any adjustments
have to be made during final testing, all final test procedures should be repeated. The
HMU should remain externally dry throughout the entire final test.
B. Install HMU on control adapter (1, Figure 101) and secure with 6 nuts (part of control adapter).
C. Remove shipping parts shown in Figures 115 and 116. Connect items 2 through
45 and 59 through 62 (Figure 101), as shown.
Page 1101
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-821
(1) Adjust BUS VOLTAGE on metering module (52, Figure 101) until top meter of
metering module reads 17.0 Vdc. Move SHUTOFF SOLENOID switch on solenoid
module (51) to SHUTOFF position. Record Ps minus Pb on gauge (10). Ps
minus Pb must be 356-405 PSID (2454-2792 kPa).
(2) Disconnect the discharge line from the HMU. Record shutoff valve leakage
from the HMU DISCHARGE PORT (Figure 102) for a minimum of 2 minutes.
Leakage must not exceed 10 cc/minute.
(1) Connect the discharge line to the HMU. Use resolver module (48, Figure 101) to
reduce resolver angle to minimum angle possible (5.0-5.5 degrees). Move SHUTOFF
SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51) to RUN position. Use SET POINTS function
on resolver module (48) to set discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59) at 1,000 PPH
(454 KGH). Reduce discharge flow with SET POINTS function on resolver module
(48) until discharge flow drops to zero PPH (shutdown).
(2) Record lowest discharge flow obtained prior to complete stoppage of flow. Discharge
flow at shutdown must not exceed 225 PPH (102 KGH).
(1) Set discharge flow to 1,000 PPH (454 KGH). Move SHUTOFF SOLENOID switch on solenoid
module (51, Figure 101) to SHUTOFF position. Use SET POINTS function on resolver module
(48) to reduce RESOLVER ANGLE to minimum angle possible. Record RESOLVER ANGLE
from resolver module (48). Minimum resolver angle must be 5.0-5.5 degrees. If resolver angle
on resolver module (48) is out-of-limits, adjust shutoff shuttle valve as follows:
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers
(10), and cover assembly (15).
Page 1102
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(b) Adjust screw (30, Figure 108) to bring resolver within limits. Turning screw (30) outward
will increase resolver angle, and turning screw (30) inward will decrease resolver angle.
(c) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108), and be sure
packing (20) is installed in cover assembly (15). install cover assembly (15), 4 washers
(10), and 4 screws (5). Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(1) Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48, Figure 101) to reduce
RESOLVER ANGLE to minimum angle possible.
(2) Adjust BUS VOLTAGE on metering module (52) until top meter of metering module reads zero.
(3) Use SET POINTS function on resolver module (48) to increase RESOLVER ANGLE
until discharge flow appears on flowmeter (33 or 59). Record discharge flow.
Discharge flow must not exceed 150 PPH (68 KGH).
(4) If flow limits exceed 150 PPH (68 KGH), repeat necessary steps of Inlet
Pressure Unloading and Fuel Shutoff section.
Page 1103
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-822
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-032
A. Start Simulation
Test S/O Fuel Speed Pb Re- P22 Ps-Pb VSV HPTCC Dis-
Point Sole- Inlet CRPM PSIG solver PSIG PSID VBV LPTCC charge
noid PPH (kPa) Angle (kPa) (kPa) Torque RACC Flow
Posi- (KGH) De- Mo- Torque PPH
Min Max Min Max
tion grees tors Mo- (KGH)
mA tors
mA
1 0 2,000 1,750 1,850 50 Adj 150 235 265 300 300 330
Volts (907) (345) (1034) (1620) (1827) (150)
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
within limits shown in Table 122 while using regulator (6, Figure 101) to lower inlet flow
until P1 minus P2 on gauge (27) is less than 15 PSID (103 kPa). Record Pb leakage flow
on flowmeter (44). Flow must not exceed limits of 875 PPH (397 KGH).
Page 1104
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-033
B. Operating Simulation.
(2) Null the VSV, VBV, HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(a) Using VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VSV HEAD
on gauge (35) equal to VSV ROD on gauge (37).
(b) Using VBV module (54), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set VBV OPEN on gauge
(23) equal to VBV CLOSE on gauge (21).
(c) Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF and note
Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(d) Using HPTCC module (55), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set HPTCC-Pb pressure
on gauge (39) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(e) Using LPTCC module (56), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set LPTCC-Pb pressure
on gauge (17) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(f) Using RACC module (57), adjust CURRENT ADJ to set RACC-Pb pressure on
gauge (41) equal to Pcr-Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(3) Using regulator (31), adjust P22 to maintain Ps on gauge (8) at 1,200-1,300 PSIG
(8,274-8,963 kPa) while using regulator (6) to lower inlet flow until P1 minus P2 on
gauge (27) is less than 15 PSID (103 kPa). Record Pb leakage flow on flowmeter
(44). Flow must not exceed 2,300 PPH (1043 KGH).
Page 1105
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-823
Test S/O Fuel Speed Pb Re- P22 Ps-Pb VSV HPTCC Dis-
Point Sole- Inlet CRPM PSIG solver PSIG PSID VBV LPTCC charge
noid PPH (kPa) Angle (kPa) (kPa) Torque RACC Flow
Posi- (KGH) De- Mo- Torque PPH
Min Max Min Max
tion grees tors Mo- (KGH)
mA tors
mA
1 0 2,000 1,750 1,850 50 Adj 75 Record Record 300 300 330
Volts (907) (345) (517) (150)
2 0 2,000 3,950 4,050 50 Adj 75 Record Record 300 300 330
Volts (907) (345) (517) (150)
Page 1106
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-824
A. Remove P1 and P2 taps from housing assembly (15, Figure 119). Install packings (5) on plugs (10),
and install plugs (10) in housing assembly (15). Torque plugs (10) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
C. Using regulator (6, Figure 101) to adjust inlet flow, regulator (31) to adjust P22,
and SET POINTS function of resolver module (48) to adjust discharge flow, set
Ps to 1,250 PSIG (8618 kPa) on gauge (8).
(1) Record overboard drain leakage from control adapter (1). Leakage
must not exceed 1.5 cc/minute.
E. External Leakage
(1) Completely dry the outside of the HMU and inspect for external leaks or
moisture. No leaks or moisture are allowed.
Page 1107
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-825
A. Speed Setting.
B. Increase speed until discharge flow drops below 300 PPH (136 KGH). Record
speed. Speed must be 6,452-6,483 CRPM.
(1) Turn off test stand inputs, and remove plug assembly (10, Figure 114) from GOVERNOR BORE.
(2) Insert a 5/64 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table 102) through spring assembly
(20, Figure 114) and into screw (5, Figure 117).
NOTE: Turning screw (5) one flat counterclockwise raises the overspeed
governor setting 68 CRPM.
(3) Record speed at which discharge flow drops below 300 PPH (136 KGH). Apply VV-P-236
petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (50, Figure 114), and install plug assembly (10) into
GOVERNOR BORE of plate assembly (45). Torque plug assembly (10) to its original torque.
D. Set conditions in Table 126, Test Point 2. Increase speed until switch (10, Figure 113)
activates to an open contact position as indicated by illumination of the OSG (red) light
on switch position indicator module (50, Figure 101). Record speed at change. Switch
position change must occur between 2,347-2,958 CRPM.
Page 1108
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
E. Decrease speed until switch (10, Figure, 113) deactivates to a closed contact position as indicated
by illumination of the OSG (green) light on switch position indicator module (50, Figure 101).
Record speed at change. Pressure must change between 2,347-2,958 CRPM.
F. If switch position changes are out-of-limits, adjust spring assembly (20, Figure 114) as follows:
(1) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove plug assembly (10) from GOVERNOR BORE,
and adjust spring assembly (20) using a 3/16 inch hexagonal wrench (see Table
102). Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (50, Figure 114), and
reinstall plug assembly (10) torquing it to its original torque.
NOTE: Turning spring assembly (20) clockwise 1 full turn raises indicator switch
point 1,100 CRPM. Turning spring assembly (20) counterclockwise 1 full
turn lowers indicator switch point 1,100 CRPM.
Page 1109
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-826
(1) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 1 to display VSV
torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53), adjust torque motor
current to -300 ±10 mA, then adjust the torque motor current until VSV HEAD pressure on
gauge (35) and VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(2) Note VSV torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). Using CH
SELECT switch on VSV module (53), record null current on both channels. VSV
torque motor null current must be between -10 to -2 mA.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV module (53, Figure 101), adjust VSV torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). VSV HEAD pressure on
gauge (35) must be greater than VSV ROD pressure on gauge (37).
(2) If VSV ROD pressure is greater than VSV HEAD pressure, be sure wire pins of
motor (35, Figure 103) are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105)
and connector (15). If wiring is correct and VSV ROD pressure is still greater than
VSV HEAD pressure, replace motor (35, Figure 103).
Page 1110
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (35, Figure 101) and gauge (37) from plate
assembly (85, Figure 102). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure
101) to VSV HEAD PORT (Figure 118) and negative (minus) hose to VSV ROD PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10) at
447-453 PSID (3082-3123 kPa) while running Table 127. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VSV
module (53, Figure 101), adjust torque motor current to -300 ± 10 mA. Without overshooting
specified current by more than 0.3 mA, increase current to each test value listed in Table 127.
Using needle valve (part of WT-114096 test fixture [58, Figure 101]), set pressure gauge on
WT-114096 test fixture to maintain 283-287 PSIG (1951-1979 kPa) while running Table 127.
NOTE: If torque motor current is overshot by more than 3 mA, adjust torque motor
current to -300 ± 10 mA first, then reset desired current.
(3) Run Table 127, Test Points 2 through 5, and record VSV HEAD flow minus VSV ROD
flow on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in
Table 127 indicate greater flow from VSV HEAD PORT (Figure 118).
E. Shut off test stand inputs. Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and install gauge
(35) and gauge (37). Repeat first two steps of VSV Pilot Valve Calibration section.
Page 1111
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-827
(1) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 2 to display
VBV torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54), adjust
torque motor current until VBV OPEN pressure on gauge (23) and VBV CLOSE
pressure on gauge (21) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(2) Note VBV torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). Using CH
SELECT switch on VBV module (54), record null current on both channels. VBV
torque motor null current must be between -14 to -46 mA.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on VBV module (54, Figure 101), adjust VBV torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). VBV OPEN pressure on
gauge (23) must be greater than VSV CLOSE pressure on gauge (21).
(2) If VBV CLOSE pressure is greater than VSV OPEN pressure, be sure wire pins of
motor (10, Figure 103) are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105) and
connector (15). If wiring is correct and VBV CLOSE pressure is still greater than
VSV OPEN pressure, replace motor (10, Figure 103).
Page 1112
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (21, Figure 101) and gauge (23) from plate
assembly (85, Figure 102). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure
101) to VBV OPEN PORT (Figure 110) and negative (minus) hose to VBV CLOSE PORT.
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10) at
447-453 PSID (3082-3123 kPa) while running Table 128. Using needle valve (part of
WT-114096 test fixture [58, Figure 101]), set pressure gauge on WT-114096 test fixture
to maintain 283-287 PSIG (1951-1979 kPa) while running Table 128.
(3) Run Table 128, Test Points 2 through 5, and record VBV OPEN minus VBV CLOSE
flow on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in
Table 128 indicate greater flow from VBV OPEN PORT (Figure 110).
E. Shut off test stand inputs. Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and install gauge
(21) and gauge (23). Repeat first two steps of VBV Pilot Valve Calibration section.
Page 1113
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-828
A. Set conditions in Table 129, Test Point 1, and set LPTCC and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(1) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101) to position 4 to display LPTCC
torque motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56), adjust torque
motor current to between -20 to -40 mA on center meter of metering module (52).
(2) Set knob for center meter of metering module (52) to position 5 to display RACC torque
motor current. Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57), adjust torque motor
current to between -20 to -40 mA on center meter of metering module (52).
B. Set solenoid module (51) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter of metering
module (52) to position 3 to display HPTCC torque motor current.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101), adjust torque
motor current until HPTCC minus Pb pressure on gauge (39) and Pcr minus Pb
pressure on gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(2) Note HPTCC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52, Figure 101).
Using CH SELECT switch on HPTCC module (55), record null current on both channels.
HPTCC torque motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA.
Page 1114
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) If HPTCC torque motor null current is out of limits, adjust HPTCC preload as follows:
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 113). Carefully insert
switch (10) through OVAL HOLE in plate assembly (15).
(b) Remove screw (10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Remove
3 screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2 washers (30), screw (35), washer
(40), screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers (60), screw (65), seal (70),
screw (75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85) from body assembly (115).
(c) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (50, Figure 103) to
set null current within limits. One turn clockwise reduces LPTCC torque motor
null current 19.5 mA. For example: If null current is -14 mA, one turn clockwise
of screw (50) will reduce null current to -33.5 mA.
(d) Perform necessary steps of Overspeed Governor Calibration, Manifold Plate Installation
section. Repeat HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Null steps.
(4) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (50, Figure
103) , adjust position of motor (55) as follows:
(a) Loosen 2 screws (5, Figure 111) and 2 screws (10) 1/8 turn so motor (15) can be moved
by turning screw (20) and screw (25). Turn screw (20) one turn counterclockwise.
(b) Turning screw (25) 1/8 turn to move motor (15) in direction of arrow in Figure
111 will raise HPTCC torque motor null current 30 mA. Torque 2 screws (5) and
2 screws (10) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (20) and screw (25)
to measured run on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101), adjust HPTCC torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). HPTCC minus Pb pressure
on gauge (39) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than HPTCC minus Pb pressure, be sure wire
pins of motor (55, Figure 103) are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105)
and connector (15). If wiring is correct and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than
HPTCC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (55, Figure 103).
(1) Disconnect gauge (39, Figure 101) from plate assembly (85, Figure 102) . Connect
positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) to HPTCC PORT (Figure
118) and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT (Figure 110).
Page 1115
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 129.
(3) Run Test Points 2 and 6 and record HPTCC flow on flowmeter of WT-114096
test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in Table 129 indicate greater
flow from HPTCC PORT (Figure 118).
(4) If flows in Test Points 2 and 6 are out-of-limits, repeat fourth step of Pilot Valve Null section
(beginning with if null current cannot be brought within limits) to bring test points within limits.
(5) Run Test Points 2 through 6. If Test Points 3 and 4 are not equal, repeat third step
of Pilot Valve Null section (beginning with if HPTCC torque motor null current is out
of limits) to set test points as close to equal as possible.
F. Shut off test stand inputs. Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and install gauge (39).
Repeat HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration from beginning through second step of Pilot Valve Null section.
Page 1116
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-829
A. Set conditions in Table 129, Test Point 1, and set HPTCC and RACC pilot valves as follows:
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) with knob for center meter of
metering module (52) in position 3 to display HPTCC torque motor current, set HPTCC torque
motor at null current recorded in HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Null section.
(2) Null RACC torque motor as described in HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration section.
B. Set solenoid module (51, Figure 101) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter
of metering module (52) to position 4 to display LPTCC torque motor current.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56), adjust torque motor current
until LPTCC minus Pb pressure on gauge (17) and Pcr minus Pb pressure
on gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(2) Note LPTCC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). Using
CH SELECT switch on LPTCC module (56), record null current on both channels.
LPTCC torque motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA.
(3) If LPTCC torque motor null current is out-of-limits, adjust LPTCC preload as follows:
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 113). Carefully insert
switch (10) through OVAL HOLE in plate assembly (15).
(b) Remove screw (10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Remove 3
screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2 washers (30), screw (35), washer (40),
screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers (60), screw (65), seal (70), screw
(75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85) from body assembly (115).
(c) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (60, Figure 103) to
set null current within limits. One turn clockwise reduces LPTCC torque motor
null current 19.5 mA. For example: If null current is -14 mA, one turn clockwise
of screw (60) will reduce null current to -33.5 mA.
(d) Perform necessary steps of Overspeed Governor Calibration, Manifold Plate Installation
section. Repeat LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Null section.
(4) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (60, Figure
103), adjust position of motor (65) as follows:
(a) Loosen 2 screws (30, Figure 111) and 2 screws (35) 1/8 turn so motor (40) can be
moved by turning screw (45) and screw (50). Turn screw (45) one turn counterclockwise.
Page 1117
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(b) Turning screw (50) 1/8 turn to move motor (40) toward plate assembly (75)
will raise LPTCC torque motor null current 30 mA. Torque 2 screws (30) and 2
screws (35) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (45) and screw (50) to
measured run-on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(c) Repeat LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration from beginning through third step of Pilot
Valve Null section to reset LPTCC torque motor null.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56, Figure 101), adjust LPTCC torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). LPTCC minus Pb pressure
on gauge (17) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than LPTCC minus Pb pressure, be sure wire
pins of motor (65, Figure 103) are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105)
and connector (15). If wiring is correct and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than
LPTCC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (65, Figure 103).
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (17, Figure 101) from plate assembly (85,
Figure 102). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) to
LPTCC PORT (Figure 118) and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT (Figure 110).
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 129.
(3) Run Test Points 2 and 6 and record LPTCC flow on flowmeter of WT-114096
test fixture (58, Figure 101). Positive flow values in Table 129 indicate greater
flow from LPTCC PORT (Figure 104).
(4) If flows in Table 129, Test Points 2 and 6 are out-of-limits, repeat fourth step
of Pilot Valve Null section (Beginning with if null current cannot be brought
within limits) to bring test points within limits.
(5) Run Test Points 2 through 6. If Test Points 3 and 4 are not equal, repeat fourth
step of Pilot Valve Null section (Beginning with using a hexagonal wrench) to
set test points as close to equal as possible.
F. Shut off test stand inputs. Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and
install gauge (17). Repeat LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration section from beginning
through second step of Pilot Valve Null section.
Page 1118
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-830
A. Set conditions in Table 130, Test Point 1, and set HPTCC and LPTCC pilot valves as follows:
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on HPTCC module (55, Figure 101) with knob for center meter of
metering module (52) at position 3 to display HPTCC torque motor current, set HPTCC torque
motor at null current recorded in HPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Null section.
(2) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on LPTCC module (56) with knob for center meter of metering
module (52) at position 4 to display LPTCC torque motor current, set LPTCC torque motor at
null current recorded in LPTCC Pilot Valve Calibration, Pilot Valve Null section.
B. Set solenoid module (51, Figure 101) BSV SOLENOID switch to OFF. Set knob for center meter
of metering module (52) to position 5 to display RACC torque motor current.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57), adjust torque motor current
until RACC minus Pb pressure on gauge (41) and Pcr minus Pb pressure on
gauge (13) are equal ± 10 PSI (69 kPa).
(2) Note RACC torque motor current on center meter of metering module (52). Using CH
SELECT switch on RACC module (57), record null current on both channels. RACC
torque motor null current must be between -20 to -40 mA.
Page 1119
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) If RACC torque motor null current is out-of-limits, adjust RACC preload as follows:
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 113). Carefully insert
switch (10) through OVAL HOLE in plate assembly (15).
(b) Remove screw (10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Remove 3
screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2 washers (30), screw (35), washer (40),
screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers (60), screw (65), seal (70), screw
(75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85) from body assembly (115).
(c) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust screw (70, Figure 103) to
set null current within limits. One turn clockwise reduces RACC torque motor
null 19.5 mA. For example: If null current is -14 mA, one turn clockwise of
screw (70) will reduce null current to -33.5 mA.
(4) If null current cannot be brought within limits by adjusting screw (70), adjust
position of motor (75) as follows:
(a) Loosen 4 screws (55, Figure 111) 1/8 turn so motor (60) can be moved
by turning screw (65) and screw (70).
(b) Turning screw (70) 1/8 turn to move motor (60) toward plate assembly (75)
will raise RACC torque motor null current 30 mA. Torque 4 screws (55)
13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (65) and screw (70) to measured
run-on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
(c) Repeat RACC Pilot Valve Calibration section from beginning through third step
of Pilot Valve Null section to reset RACC torque motor null.
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on RACC module (57, Figure 101), adjust RACC torque motor
current to zero mA on center meter of metering module (52). RACC minus Pb pressure
on gauge (41) must be greater than Pcr minus Pb pressure on gauge (13).
(2) If Pcr minus Pb pressure is greater than RACC minus Pb pressure, be sure wire pins
of motor (75, Figure 103) are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105) and
connector (15). If wiring is correct and Pcr minus Pb pressure is still greater than
RACC minus Pb pressure, replace motor (75, Figure 103).
(1) Shut off test stand inputs. Disconnect gauge (41, Figure 101) from plate assembly (85,
Figure 102). Connect positive (plus) hose of WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) to
RACC PORT (Figure 110) and negative (minus) hose to PCR PORT.
Page 1120
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(2) Using regulator (31, Figure 101), adjust P22 to maintain Ps minus Pb on gauge (10)
at 445-455 PSID (3068-3137 kPa) while running Table 130.
(3) Run Test Points 2 and 6 and record RACC flow on flowmeter of WT-114096 test fixture (58,
Figure 101). Positive flow values in Table 130 indicate greater flow from RACC port (Figure 110).
(4) If flows in Test Points 2 and 6 are out of limits, repeat fourth step of Pilot Valve
Null section to bring test points within limits.
(5) Run Test Points 2 through 6. If Test Points 3 and 4 are not equal, repeat third step of
Pilot Valve Null section to set test points as close to equal as possible.
F. Shut off test stand inputs. Remove WT-114096 test fixture (58, Figure 101) and
install gauge (41). Repeat RACC Pilot Valve Calibration section from beginning
through second step of Pilot Valve Null section.
Page 1121
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-831
(2) Set resolver module (48, Figure 101) LOOP switch to OPEN and set SELECT switch
to CURRENT on FMV torque motor module (49). Set knob for center of metering
module (52) at position 7 to display FMV torque motor current.
(3) Adjust CURRENT ADJ knob on FMV torque motor module (49) until discharge flow
on flowmeter (33 or 59) stops fluctuating at approximately 6,000 PPH (2722 KGH).
Using CH SELECT switch on FMV torque motor module (49), observe FMV torque
motor null current for Channel A and Channel B. Record FMV torque motor current
shown on center meter of metering module (52) for Channel A and Channel B. FMV
torque motor null current must be 34-46 mA for both channels.
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 113). Carefully insert
switch (10) through OVAL HOLE in plate assembly (15).
(b) Remove screw (10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Remove 3
screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2 washers (30), screw (35), washer (40),
screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers (60), screw (65), seal (70), screw
(75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85) from body assembly (115).
(c) Using a hexagonal wrench Table 130, adjust screw (20, Figure 103) to change FMV
preload. One turn clockwise of screw (20) reduces null current by 86 mA.
(5) If adjustment of screw (20) does not set FMV torque motor null current
within limits, adjust motor (25) as follows:
(a) Loosen 4 screws (5, Figure 110) 1/8 turn so motor (20) can be moved toward
screw (10). Turn screw (15) one turn clockwise.
(b) Turning screw (10) 1/8 turn clockwise to move motor (20) toward plate assembly
(60) will raise FMV torque motor null current 37 mA. Torque 4 screws (5)
13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Torque screw (15) and screw (10) to measured
run-on torque plus 2-4 lb. in. (0,23-0,45 N.m).
Page 1122
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Using CURRENT ADJ knob on FMV torque motor module (49, Figure 101), set FMV null
current to zero mA and note discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59). Discharge flow should
decrease. If discharge flow increases, be sure that wire pins of motor (25, Figure 103)
are in the correct location in connector (10, Figure 105) and connector (15). If wiring is
correct and discharge flow still increases, replace motor (25, Figure 103).
(2) Set resolver module (48, Figure 101) LOOP Switch to CLOSED and SELECT
Switch to NULL on FMV torque motor module (49).
Page 1123
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Using SET POINTS function on resolver module (48, Figure 101), set resolver angle at
10 degrees. Flowmeter (33 or 59) should be within limits shown in TP1. If discharge
flow is out-of-limits, adjust resolver (10, Figure 103) as follows:
(a) With resolver angle set at 10 degrees, loosen screw (20, Figure 113) and adjust resolver
(10, Figure 103) via RESOLVER BORE (Figure 113) to set a discharge flow of 300 PPH
(136 KGH) on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101). A 1 degree movement of resolver (10,
Figure 103) changes discharge flow 55.8 PPH (25 KGH) at minimum flow. Torque screw
(20, Figure 113) to measured run-on torque plus 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m).
(2) Run Table 131, Test Points 2 through 8, and record discharge flow on flowmeter
(33 or 59, Figure 101). Set conditions in Table 131, Test Point 5, and record
P1-P2. P1-P2 should be 30-40 PSID (206-276 kPa).
(3) If 74-degree resolver angle specified in Table 131, Test Point 8, cannot be obtained, adjust
fuel valve servo maximum flow stop to achieve 74-degree resolver angle, as follows:
(b) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 108), 4 washers (10), and cover assembly (15).
(c) Using a 5/32 hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn piston assembly (25, Figure
108) to change maximum stop setting. One-half turn counterclockwise raises
resolver angle 1 degree on resolver module (48, Figure 101).
(d) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 101) to packing (20, Figure 108).
Install cover assembly (15), and secure with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws
(5). Torque 4 screws (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(e) Repeat Metered Flow section beginning with instruction to set conditions
in Table 131, Test Point 1.
(4) If discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101) cannot be met by using adjustment
in third step of Angle Versus Flow section, adjust discharge flow as follows:
(b) With resolver angle set at 74 degrees, adjust discharge flow using screw (15, Figure 103) .
Page 1124
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(c) Remove screw(10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Using a
hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), turn screw (15, Figure 103) clockwise to increase
discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59, Figure 101). Install strap (5, Figure 102) and
screw (10) in plate assembly (85). Torque screw (10) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(d) Repeat Metered Flow section beginning with instruction to set conditions in Table 131,
Test Point 1, adjusting discharge flow of Table 131, Test Point 1, as described in first step
of Angle Versus Flow section, toward low or high limit until all test points are within limits.
(1) Using SET POINT ADJUSTMENT knob on resolver module (48, Figure 101) , set resolver
angle at maximum resolver angle. Maximum resolver angle must be 74.0-74.5 degrees. If
resolver angle is out-of-limits, repeat third step of Angle Versus Flow section.
(1) Set conditions in Table 132, Test Point 1. Using SET POINTS function on resolver module(48,
Figure 101), set resolver angle at 10 degrees. Using regulator (6), set discharge flow on
flowmeter (33 or 59) at zero and slowly increase to 300 PPH (136 KGH).
(2) Record discharge flow at which switch (75, Figure 109) activates. Shutoff switch activation
is shown by illumination of RED light on CHANNEL A HP VALVE section of switch position
indicator module (50). Shutoff switch must activate at a flow of 50-150 PPH (23-68 KGH).
(3) Using regulator (6), slowly reduce discharge flow on flowmeter (33 or 59)
from 300 PPH (136 KGH) to zero.
(4) Record discharge flow at which switch (75, Figure 109) deactivates as indicated
by illumination of GREEN light on CHANNEL A HP VALVE section of switch
position indicator module (50, Figure 101). Channel A shutoff switch must deactivate
at a flow not exceeding 225 PPH (102 KGH).
(5) If switch (75, Figure 109) activates or deactivates at flow above 225 PPH (102
KGH), adjust motor (75, Figure 103) as follows:
(a) Turn off test stand inputs. Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 113). Carefully insert
switch (10) through OVAL HOLE in plate assembly (15).
Page 1125
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(b) Remove screw (10, Figure 102) and strap (5) from plate assembly (85). Remove
3 screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2 washers (30), screw (35), washer
(40), screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers (60), screw (65), seal (70),
screw (75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85) from body assembly (115).
(c) Using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 102), adjust rod (15, Figure 109) counterclockwise
(back out) if switch (75) activates above 225 PPH (102 KGH).
(d) Repeat Repeat Overspeed Governor Calibration, Manifold Plate Installation section.
Repeat Metered Flow, Shutoff Switch Calibration section.
Page 1126
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-832
(1) Set BSV SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51, Figure 101) to ON
position. Set CH SELECT switch to A.
(2) Record BSV-Pb pressure on gauge (13). Set CH SELECT switch on solenoid module
(51) to B and record BSV-Pb pressure on gauge (13). BSV-Pb pressure for Channels
A and B must be between limits in Table 133, Test Point 2.
(1) Set BSV SOLENOID switch on solenoid module (51, Figure 101) to
OFF. Set CH SELECT switch to A.
(2) Record BSV solenoid output pressure on gauge (13). Set CH SELECT switch on solenoid
module (51) to B and record solenoid output pressure on gauge (13). Output pressure for
Channels A and B must be between limits in Table 133, Test Point 3.
Page 1127
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-833
B. Remove six nuts (part of control adapter [1, Figure 101]) and remove HMU from
control adapter. Remove WT-86073 test plug from DISCHARGE port. Remove
WT-115068 test plug from SERVO port.
CAUTION: Dry cavity with compressed air to remove any latent calibration fluid.
C. Install seal (25, Figure 120) and cover (20) on box assembly (30). Secure with 8 washers
(15), 8 washers (10), and 8 screws (5). Torque 8 screws (5) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
Be sure cable wires are not pinched or crimped when installing cover (20).
D. Install gasket (40, Figure 114) and plate (35). Secure with 6 washers (30) and 6 screws
(25). Torque 6 screws (25) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m). Install packing (60) on plug
(55), and torque plug (55) 70-80 lb. in. (7,91-9,04 N.m).
Page 1128
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1129
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1130
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-834
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-034
(1) Connect the low potential lead of a high resistance meter (see Table
102) to 1 screw (25, IPL Figure 1).
(2) Connect the high potential lead of high resistance meter (see Table 102) to
pin 1 of connector (65, IPL Figure 1).
(3) Apply a 500 Vdc voltage source (see Table 102) for new components. Apply a 250 Vdc voltage
source (see Table 102) for components previously tested at the 500 Vdc level. Measure
insulation resistance. After 30 seconds, resistance must be 100 megohms minimum.
NOTE: If the insulation resistance reading meets the 100 megohms minimum limit and is
steady or increasing, the test may be terminated before 30 seconds is reached.
(4) Repeat first two steps of Pin to Case Measurements section for all pins on connector (65,
IPL Figure 1) and connector (100), and pin 1 of latching solenoid (80, IPL Figure 4).
Page 1131
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-770-035
(1) Connect the low potential lead of high resistance meter (see Table 102) to pin shown
in Low Potential Pin Connection column in Table 134.
(2) Connect the high potential lead of high resistance meter (see Table 102) to pin shown
in High Potential Pin Connection column in Table 134.
(3) Apply a 500 Vdc voltage source (see Table 102) for new components and apply a 250 Vdc
voltage source for components previously tested at the 500 Vdc level. Measure the insulation
resistance. After 30 seconds, the resistance must be 100 megohms minimum.
NOTE: If the insulation resistance reading meets the 100 megohms minimum limit and is
steady or increasing, the test may be terminated before 30 seconds is reached.
(4) Repeat first three steps of Pin to Pin Measurements section for Table 134.
NOTE: Replace any component with an insulation resistance less than 100 megohms.
Page 1132
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1133
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-836
A. Push 1 probe of low resistance ohmmeter (see Table 102) on surface of housing assembly
(5, Figure 121). Push the other probe against Channel A connector (10). Push the probe
against Channel A connector until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
B. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 30 milliohms.
C. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against Channel B connector
(15). Push the probe against Channel B connector until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
D. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 30 milliohms.
E. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of FMV torque
motor (20). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
F. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
G. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of VBV torque
motor (25). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
H. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
I. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of VSV torque
motor (30). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
J. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
K. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of HPTCC
torque motor (35). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
L. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
M. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of LPTCC
torque motor (40). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
N. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
O. Keep probe on surface of housing assembly (5). Push the other probe against cover of RACCS
torque motor (45). Push the probe against cover until a large decrease in resistance is seen.
P. Write down resistance value in Table 135. Value must not be greater than 60 ohms.
Page 1134
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1135
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1136
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1137
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1138
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-770-835
Page 1139
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 1140
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
DISASSEMBLY
TASK 73-21-78-99C-301
1. General.
A. Disassembly of the hydromechanical Unit (HMU) is covered in this section in a logical sequence.
More than one configuration HMU is covered in DISASSEMBLY. Steps with effectivities listed
should be used for that HMU. If no effectivity is listed for a step, the step applies to all HMUs.
NOTE: Trouble check (as received): The HMU should be tested in accordance with
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Trouble Check (As Received), to
determine the extent of maintenance necessary
B. Materials required during disassembly of the HMU are listed in Table 301. Tools used during
disassembly (excluding SPECIAL TOOLS, Table 901) are listed in Table 302. Equivalent substitutes
may be used for items listed in table, except for those items marked with an asterisk(*). All
equivalent substitutes must be compatible with all the part materials and do the same function as
the items identified in the table for the alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the
use of an equivalent substitute. The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
CO2 Commercially Available
Fed. Spec. BB-C-104 or
BB-C-101, Grade B
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
Arbor Press Commercially Available
Insertion/Extraction Tool Pyle-National Co.
M81969-14-02 Division of Brand Rex
1334 North Kostner Avenue
Chicago, IL 60651-1605
Hexagonal Wrench Commercially Available
Phenolic Rod Commercially Available
Side Cutters Commercially Available
C. Assemblies or parts with a solid black box need not be disassembled solely to comply
with the written instructions. If there is no doubt as to the serviceability of parts, do
not disassemble the parts. The removal of threaded inserts, orifices, special plugs,
dowel pins, and the nameplate is detailed in REPAIR.
Page 3001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
D. Save shim for use in assembly unless it is necessary to replace shim because of damage.
Measure and write thickness of shim that is discarded because of damage.
E. Preformed packings may shear during disassembly. Make sure bores of housings
are free of any packing material. Freezing parts in BB-C-104, Grade B CO2 (see
Table 301) will help eliminate shearing of preformed packings and reduce time spent
finding and removing sheared pieces from housings.
F. Clips, wire retaining rings, preformed packings, and grooved pins should be
discarded when removed and not used again.
G. Non-grooved pins (secured with a wire clip installed through a hole in one end) should
be inspected as described in CHECK, Check Recommendations.
H. Straight pins (press fit) may be removed using a punch and an arbor press (see
Table 302) if both ends of the pin are exposed. If only one end of the pin is exposed,
use a vise or a similar tool to remove pin.
I. Matched assemblies and matched pairs are listed in Table 303 by ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
(IPL) figure and item number. Matched parts of matched assemblies and matched pairs must
be kept together during disassembly and should not be replaced individually. If a matched part
needs to be replaced, the matched assembly or matched pair must be replaced.
Page 3002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
J. During disassembly, check parts for evidence of leakage. Leakage will not be evident
once parts are cleaned. Tag suspected parts for closer inspection.
Page 3003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-070-801
A. Install bolt (part of WT-103061 assembly tool) in hole X of housing assembly (130,
Figure 301), and secure with nut WT-103061 assembly tool. Install 2 legs (WT-103061-2
assembly tool) on 2 outside studs of housing assembly (130)
NOTE: Middle stud of 3 studs on housing assembly (130) will have no leg
(WT-103061-2 assembly tool) installed on it.
B. Remove 8 screws (5), 8 washers (10), and 8 washers (15). Remove cover (20) and seal (25).
C. Remove 4 screws (85) and nut (35) from connector (90). Remove connector (90) from box
assembly (50). Using extraction tool (see Table 302), remove wired pins (100, Figure 301)
from connector (90, Figure 301). Remove packing (95) from connector (90).
NOTE: Pins (100) need only be removed from component wires if damaged. If removal of pins
from component wires is necessary, remove using side cutters (see Table 302).
Use Table 305 to identify which cables are attached to which electrical components. Also
wrap masking tape around braided cables in order to prevent contamination.
D. Remove plug (105, Figure 301) from connector (90). Using extraction tool (see Table
302), remove unwired pins (100, Figure 301) from connector (90).
E. Remove 4 screws (60) and nut (30) from connector (65). Remove connector (65) from box
assembly (50). Using extraction tool (see Table 302), remove wired pins (75, Figure 301)
from connector (65). Remove packing (70) from connector (65).
NOTE: Pins (75) need only be removed from component wires if damaged. If removal of pins
from component wires is necessary, remove using side cutters (see Table 302).
F. Remove plug (80, Figure 301) from connector (65). Using extraction tool (see Table 302)
, remove unwired pins (75, Figure 301) from connector (65).
G. Using side cutters (see Table 302), cut tube (120, Figure 301) and 6 rings (115) from
ground wires (125). Using side cutters (see Table 302), remove damaged sheathing material
from ground wires (125, Figure 301). Remove 6 rings (110).
NOTE: The only electrical component required to have ground wire (125, Figure
301) is the FMV resolver (330, IPL Figure 1). Ground wires (125, Figure
301) need be removed only if damaged.
Page 3005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
H. Remove 4 screws (40) and 4 washers (45) from box assembly (50). Remove
box assembly (50) and seal (55).
B 16 and 34 -----
35 and 36
18 and 37
17 (Ground)
Page 3006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-070-802
3. Separation of Manifold Plate, Pilot Valve Body, and Fuel Valve Housing.
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-001
(1) Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 302) and 2 washers (10). Remove 3 screws (15) and 3 washers
(20). Remove 2 screws (25) and 2 washers (30). Remove screw (35) and washer (40).
Remove screw (45) and seal (50). Remove screw (55) and washer (60). Remove screw (65)
and strap (70). Remove screw (75) and washer (80). Remove plate assembly (115).
NOTE: Switch (225, IPL Figure 2) wires will be attached to plate assembly (115,
Figure 302) when plate assembly (115) is removed.
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (225, IPL FIGURE 2) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH
(225, IPL FIGURE 2) ACTUATOR LEVER DURING DISASSEMBLY.
(2) Remove washer (85), seal (90), seal (95), 2 packings (100), 6 packings
(105), and 3 packings (110).
(3) Install 2 legs (part of WT-114283 assembly tool) and 1 leg (part of WT-114284
assembly tool) on body assembly (120).
NOTE: When exposed, check bearing (90, IPL Figure 7) for wear per Table
801 in FITS AND CLEARANCES.
Page 3009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
FOR 8061-531
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-172)(425, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-532
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-174)(425A, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-533
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-262)(425B, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-534
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-270)(425C, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-535
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1019) (425D, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-536
120 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1218) (425E, IPL FIG. 1)
Page 3012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-002
(1) Remove guide (5, Figure 303) from bore of body assembly (40).
(2) Remove seat (10 or 10A), spring (15), seat (20), and screw (25 or 25A) from body assembly (40).
NOTE: Seat (10 or 10A), spring (15), seat (20), and screw (25 or 25A) will be
removed as one assembly. They can be separated from each other after
their removal from body assembly (40).
NOTE: WT-143248 assembly tool can be used to hold seat (10 or 10A)
while removing screw (25 or 25A).
(3) Remove bearing (30) and bushing (35) from body assembly (40).
Page 3013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-003
(1) Remove sleeve (5, Figure 304) and resolver (10). Carefully remove resolver
wires from body assembly (15).
(2) Remove spring (20) and sleeve (25) from resolver (10).
FOR 8061-531
CAUTION: ALL 8061-531 HMUs MUST PASS X-RAY INSPECTION (SEE CHECK) IF ROD (90,
FIGURE 305) IS ADJUSTED OR REMOVED FROM PISTON ASSEMBLY (45).
(3) Remove screw (115, Figure 305), plate (120), and spacer (125) from plug assembly (15).
Remove rod (90) and ball (85). Remove 4 screws (5), 4 washers (10) and, using WT-63536-7
assembly tool, remove plug assembly (15) from body assembly (60).
(7) Remove 2 packings (25), 2 packings (95), and 2 seals (100 or 100A).
(8) Remove shim (30), spring (35), piston assembly (45), shim (40), seal (75), and packing (80).
(9) Using WT-82792-16 puller , remove sleeve (55) and packing (50).
Page 3016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-004
(1) Turn HMU over. Remove 8 screws (10) and 8 washers (15). Remove 1 screw (20).
Remove remaining screw (10) and remaining washer (15). Remove remaining 2
screws (20) and seat (25). Remove packing (30) and ring (35) from seat (25). Remove
spring (40), retainer (45), sleeve (50), and retainer (55).
(3) Remove packing (10, Figure 307), packing (15), and packing (20) from housing assembly (25).
(4) Remove 2 packings (35), seal (5), and packing (30) from body assembly (40).
Page 3022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3026
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-005
(1) Remove screw (5, Figure 308), gear (10), and plunger (15). Remove screw
(20), gear (25), and plunger (30).
(2) Remove 3 screws (35) from gear (40). Remove gear (40) from plunger (45), and remove
spring assembly (50) from plunger (45). Remove retainer (65), bearing (60), plate (70),
washer (55), clamp assembly (75), and spring (80). Remove plunger (45).
(3) Install 3 legs (part of WT-114284 assembly tool) on body assembly (85),
and invert body assembly (85).
Page 3027
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3028
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3029
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-070-804
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-006
(1) Using WT-113696 assembly tool , remove plug (50, Figure 309). Remove packing (55) from
plug (50). Remove plunger (60). Using WT-82792-3 puller , remove sleeve (65). Remove 5
packings (70) from sleeve (65). Remove shim (75) from body assembly (135).
(2) Remove 2 screws (5) and solenoid (10). Remove packing (15) from solenoid (10). Secure shaft
of solenoid (10), and using a hexagonal wrench (see Table 302), remove screw (20, Figure 309)
from solenoid. Remove nut (30) and piston (25). Using WT-82792-1 puller, remove sleeve (35).
Remove 4 packings (40) from sleeve (35), and remove shim (45) from body assembly (135).
NOTE: When using WT-82792-1 puller, install so that it goes into sleeve (35) at mid-range.
(3) Remove plug (110). Remove packing (120) and ring (115) from plug (110). Remove spring (125)
from sleeve (95). Remove nut (90), washer (85), piston (80), and shim (130) from spring (125).
(4) Using WT-82792-7 puller , remove sleeve (95). Remove packing (100) from sleeve
(95). Remove shim (105) from body assembly (135).
Page 3030
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal of Pilot Shutoff Valve, Latching Solenoid, and Buffer Piston - Figure 309
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3031
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3032
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
FOR 8061-531
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-172) (425, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-532
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-174) (425A, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-533
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-262) (425B, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-534
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (6062-270) (425C, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-535
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1019) (425D, IPL FIG. 1)
FOR 8061-536
135 BODY ASSEMBLY (4030-1218) (425E, IPL FIG. 1)
Page 3033
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-007
(1) Remove tubes (10, Figure 310) and tubes (5) from wires in locations
shown in body assembly (15).
Page 3034
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3035
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3036
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-008
(1) Remove screw (5, Figure 311). Remove 4 screws (10) and 4 washers (15). Remove
valve (20) and carefully guide wires out of body assembly (25). Remove 3 packings
(30), 3 bushings (35), and packing (40). Remove screw (45) and conduit assembly
(50). Remove packing (55) from conduit assembly (50).
(2) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 312), 4 washers (10), and screw (155). Remove
motor (15) and carefully guide wires out of body assembly (20). Remove packing
(25) and packing (30). Remove screw (35).
(3) Remove 2 screws (40), 2 washers (45), 2 screws (50), 2 washers (55), and
screw (60). Remove motor (65) and carefully guide wires out of body assembly
(20). Remove packing (70) and packing (75).
(4) Remove 2 screws (80), 2 washers (85), 2 screws (90), 2 washers (95), and screw
(100). Back motor (105) out far enough to access 3 screws (110).
(5) Remove 3 screws (110) and 3 washers (115). Remove plate assembly (120), packing (125),
and 2 packings (130). Remove motor (105) and carefully guide wires out of body assembly
(20). Remove packing (135) and packing (140). Remove screw (145) and screw (150).
(6) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 313) and 4 washers (10). Remove motor (15) and carefully
remove wires from body assembly (20). Remove pin (150) from torque motor rod access
hole in body assembly (20). Remove packing (25) and packing (30).
(7) Remove screw (35), 2 screws (40), 2 washers (45), and block assembly
(50) from body assembly (20).
(8) Remove 4 screws (55) and 4 washers (60). Remove motor (65) and carefully remove
wires from body assembly (20). Remove pin (155) from torque motor rod access hole
in body assembly (20). Remove packing (70) and packing (75).
(9) Remove screw (80), 2 screws (85), 2 washers (90), and block assembly
(95) from body assembly (20).
(10) Remove screw (100), 4 screws (105), and 4 washers (110). Remove motor (115) and carefully
remove wires from body assembly (20). Remove packing (120), packing (125), and screw (130).
(11) Remove 2 screws (135), 2 washers (140), and block assembly (145) from body assembly (20).
Page 3037
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3038
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3039
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3041
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3042
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3043
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3044
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
FOR 8061-536:
120 PACKING (1355-1363-603) (370A, IPL FIG. 6)
FOR 8061-531, 8061-532, 8061-533, 8061-534, AND 8061-535:
125 PACKING (182826) (525, IPL FIG. 6)
FOR 8061-536:
125 PACKING (1355-1363-633) (525A, IPL FIG. 6)
130 SCREW (1077-124) (530, IPL FIG. 6)
135 SCREW (2) (1036-634) (20, IPL FIG. 6)
140 WASHER (2) (186389) (25, IPL FIG. 6)
145 BLOCK ASSEMBLY (3651-018) (15, IPL FIG. 6)
150 PIN (3417-026) (220, IPL FIG. 6)
155 PIN (3417-026) (65, IPL FIG. 6)
Page 3045
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-009
(2) Using WT-63536-7 assembly tool, remove plug (15) from body assembly (115).
Remove packing (20), plunger (25), and spacer (30).
(3) Using WT-82792-1 puller, remove sleeve (35). Remove shim (40), 5 packings (45), and spring
assembly (50). Remove seat (100), and remove packing (95) from seat (100).
(4) Using WT-63536-7 assembly tool, remove plug (55) from body assembly (115).
Remove packing (60), plunger (65), and spacer (70).
(5) Using WT-82792-1 puller, remove sleeve (75). Remove shim (80), 5 packings (85), and spring
assembly (90). Remove seat (110), and remove packing (105) from seat (110).
Page 3046
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3048
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-010
(1) Remove sleeve (5, Figure 315). Remove packing (10) (located inside the base
of sleeve [5]) and packing (15) from sleeve (5).
(2) Remove screw (20) from sleeve assembly (25). Remove sleeve assembly (25),
and remove shim (30) and washer (35) from sleeve assembly (25). Remove
piston (40) from sleeve assembly (25), and remove packing (50) from piston (40).
Remove plate (45) from sleeve assembly (25).
(5) Remove plug assembly (65), and remove packing (70) from plug assembly (65).
Remove screw (75) from plug assembly (65). Remove seat (80) from plug assembly
(65), and remove packing (85) from seat (80).
(6) Remove spring (90), plunger assembly (95), stop (100), washer (105), and shim (110).
(7) Remove plug assembly (115), and remove packing (120) from plug assembly (115).
Remove screw (125) from plug assembly (115). Remove seat (130) from plug
assembly (115), and remove packing (135) from seat (130).
(8) Remove spring (140), plunger assembly (145), stop (150), washer (155), and shim (160).
(9) Turn body assembly (165) over. Using a phenolic rod (see Table 302) and a
plastic hammer, drive sleeve (170, Figure 315) out of body assembly (165).
Remove 4 packings (175) from sleeve (170).
(10) Using a phenolic rod (see Table 302) and a plastic hammer, drive sleeve (180, Figure 315)
out of body assembly (165). Remove 7 packings (185) from sleeve (180).
(11) Using a phenolic rod (see Table 302) and a plastic hammer, drive sleeve (190, Figure 315)
out of body assembly (165). Remove 7 packings (195) from sleeve (190).
Page 3049
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal of Fuel Metering Valve, VBV, and VSV Assemblies - Figure 315
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3050
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3051
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3052
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-011
(1) Using WT-83278 wrench, remove 4 screws (20, Figure 316). Remove 4
washers (15) and extension assembly (10) from body assembly (25). Remove
packing (5) from extension assembly (10).
(2) Remove ring (30) from body assembly (25). Remove retainer (35), screen
(40), spring (45), and sleeve (50).
Page 3053
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3054
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3055
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-012
(1) Remove plug assembly (10, Figure 317) from body assembly (100). Remove
packing (15) and screw (5) from plug assembly (10).
(2) Remove seat (20) from plug assembly (10), and remove packing (25) from
seat (20). Remove spring assembly (30).
(3) Remove shim (35), washer (40), collar (45), diaphragm (50), spacer assembly
(55), pin (60), valve assembly (65), and shim (70).
(4) Using WT-114292 assembly tool, remove sleeve (75). Remove plunger (85) and 5
packings (95) from sleeve (75). Using a suitable tool to retain plunger (85) from
the inside, remove screw (90). Remove spring (80).
Page 3056
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal and Disassembly of HPTCC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly - Figure 317
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3057
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3058
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-013
(1) Remove plug assembly (10, Figure 318) from body assembly (100). Remove
packing (15) and screw (5) from plug assembly (10).
(2) Remove seat (20) from plug assembly (10), and remove packing (25) from
seat (20). Remove spring assembly (30).
(3) Remove shim (35), washer (40), collar (45), diaphragm (50), spacer assembly
(55), pin (60), valve assembly (65) and shim (70).
(4) Using WT-114292 assembly tool, remove sleeve (75). Remove plunger (85) and 5
packings (95) from sleeve (75). Using a suitable tool to retain plunger (85) from
the inside, remove screw (90). Remove spring (80).
Page 3059
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal and Disassembly of LPTCC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly - Figure 318
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3060
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3061
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-014
(1) Remove plug assembly (10, Figure 319) from body assembly (100). Remove
packing (15) and screw (5) from plug assembly (10).
(2) Remove seat (20) from plug assembly (10), and remove packing (25) from
seat (20). Remove spring assembly (30).
(3) Remove shim (35), washer (40), collar (45), diaphragm (50), spacer assembly
(55), pin (60), valve assembly (65), and shim (70).
(4) Remove sleeve (75). Remove plunger (85) and 5 packings (95) from sleeve (75). Using a
suitable tool to retain plunger (85) from the inside, remove screw (90). Remove spring (80).
Page 3062
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal and Disassembly of RACC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly - Figure 319
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3063
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3064
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-015
(1) Invert body assembly (25, Figure 320). Using WT-115624 assembly tool to press
sleeve (5) and to compress spring (10), remove pin (15), sleeve (5), spring
(10), and piston (20). Invert body assembly (25).
(2) Remove plug (30). Remove ring (70), seat (65), sleeve (60), sleeve (55), screw (50),
and screw (45). Remove packing (35) and packing (40).
(3) Remove spring (75), seat (80), bearing (85), sleeve (90), and packing
(95). Invert body assembly (25).
(4) Using WT-114262 disassembly tool or WT-144896 assembly tool, remove sleeve (110) and
plunger (120) from body assembly (25). Remove shim (100), washer (105), and ring (130).
Using an arbor press (see Table 302) and a phenolic rod (see Table 302), remove bushing (125,
Figure 320) and plunger (120) from sleeve (110). Remove 6 packings (115) from sleeve (110).
Page 3065
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal and Disassembly of Differential Pressure Pilot Valve Assembly - Figure 320
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3066
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3067
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3068
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-016
(1) Remove nut (5, Figure 321), retainer (15), and pin (10). Invert body assembly (20).
(2) Remove sleeve (25). Remove packing (30) from sleeve (25).
(4) Invert body assembly (20), and usingWT-114262 disassembly tool or WT-144897
assembly tool, remove sleeve (50) and plunger (60) from body assembly (20).
Remove ring (70) from sleeve (50). Using an arbor press (see Table 302 and a
phenolic rod (see Table 302), remove plunger (60, Figure 321) and bushing (65)
from sleeve (50). Remove 7 packings (55) from sleeve (50).
Page 3069
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3070
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3071
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-017
(1) Remove 3 screws (5, Figure 322), and remove plate (10) from body assembly (15).
(2) Remove plug (20) and packing (25), plug (30) and packing (35), and plug (40) and packing (45).
Page 3072
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3074
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-018
(1) Remove 4 screws (5, Figure 323) and 4 washers (10). Remove cover assembly (15),
and remove packing (20). Remove stop (25) from cover assembly (15).
(2) Remove screw (45) and pin assembly (50) through bore A. Remove piston
(30) from body assembly (100).
(3) Remove clevis (40) from piston (30). Remove pin (35) from clevis (40).
Remove rod assembly (55) from clevis (40).
(4) Using WT-129322 puller , remove sleeve (75). Remove 5 packings (80) and ring (85) from
sleeve (75). Remove shim (95), washer (90), and shim (95) from body assembly (100).
(5) Lever assembly (70), clamp assembly (65), and screw (60) will be removed later.
(6) Remove shim (5, Figure 324), and bearing (10) from end of shaft (15).
NOTE: If shim (5) and bearing (10) are not present, check housing assembly (25, Figure 307)
(8) Invert body assembly (80). Using a phenolic rod (see Table 302) , remove
sleeve (60, Figure 324). Remove 2 packings (65), 2 packings (55), and 2 seals
(50) from sleeve (60). Remove bearing (45).
(9) Remove screw (60, Figure 323) from clamp (65). Remove clamp (65) and lever (70).
(10) Remove retainer (40, Figure 324). Remove packing (35), seal (25), and packing
(30) from retainer (40). Remove bearing (20) from shaft (15).
Page 3075
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3076
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3077
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3078
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3079
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-070-805
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-019
(1) Remove ring (40, Figure 325) and 2 washers (5) from gear (45).
(2) Remove 2 screws (25) and 2 washers (30) from housing assembly (35).
(3) Remove body assembly (15). Remove ring (10) and packing (20) from body (15).
Page 3080
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3081
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3082
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-020
B. Removal and Disassembly of Drive Gear Body Assembly and Governor Ballhead.
(1) Invert housing assembly (5, Figure 326). Using WT-120837 torque wrench and a 5/64 inch
hexagonal wrench (see Table 302), remove nut (10, Figure 326) from screw (15).
(2) Simultaneously, remove ballhead (20) and gear (25). Remove nut (30) from gear
(25). Remove screw (40) from gear (25). Remove gear (45).
CAUTION: IDENTIFY CLAMP (50) AND CLAMP (55) AND THEIR LOCATIONS WITH A
PERMANENT MARKING PEN (SEE TABLE 301). KEEP SHIM (60, FIGURE
326) WITH CLAMP (50), AND KEEP SHIM (65) WITH CLAMP (55).
(4) Remove screw (70), screw (75), clamp (50), shim (60), clamp (55), and shim (65).
(5) Remove bearing (80), spring (85), spacer (90), and bearing (95).
(6) Remove shim (100), screw (15), and shim (105) from housing assembly (5).
(7) Remove 2 clips (110) and 2 pins (115). Remove 2 flyweights (120). Remove
2 bearings (125) from each flyweight (120).
Page 3083
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal and Disassembly of Drive Gear Body Assembly and Governor Ballhead - Figure 326
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3084
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3085
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-021
(1) Remove 4 screws (10), and remove cover (5) from housing assembly (70).
Remove packing (15) and ring (20).
(3) Using WT-82792-12 puller , remove sleeve (35). Remove packing (45), ring (50),
ring (55), packing (60), and shim (65) from sleeve (35).
(4) Remove piston (30) from sleeve (35). Remove seal (40) from piston (30).
Page 3086
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3087
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3088
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-022
(1) Using an arbor press (see Table 302) and WT-115836 assembly fixture, press seat (10, Figure
328) and remove ring (5). Remove seat (10) and spring (20). Remove shim (15).
(2) Remove sleeve (25) from housing assembly (50). Remove ball (30), and
remove packing (35) from sleeve (25).
Page 3089
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3090
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3091
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-023
(1) Remove shoe (5, Figure 329) from housing assembly (25). Remove seal (20),
packing (15), and spacer (10) from shoe (5).
(2) Remove plugs (30) from housing assembly (25), and remove packings (35) from plugs (30).
Page 3092
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Removal of Fuel Valve Shoe and P1 and P2 Body Plugs - Figure 329
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 3093
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3094
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-070-806
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-024
(1) Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 330) from strap (10), and remove strap
(10) from plate assembly (55).
(2) Using WT-63536-10 assembly tool , remove plug (15). Remove packing (20)
and ring (25) from plug (15). Remove shim (40).
(3) Remove plunger (30) from sleeve (35). Remove rod assembly (50)
and screw (45) from plunger (30).
(4) Using WT-116703 removal tool or WT-82792-4 puller, remove sleeve (35) from plate
assembly (55). Remove 4 packings (60) from sleeve (35). Remove guide (65) and washer
(70) from sleeve (35). Remove packing (75) and 1 seal (80) from guide (65).
Page 3095
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3096
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3097
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-025
(1) Remove 6 screws (5, Figure 331) and 6 washers (10) from plate assembly
(15). Remove plate (20) and gasket (25).
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (35) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH (35)
ACTUATOR LEVER DURING DISASSEMBLY.
(2) Remove 2 screws (30), and remove switch (35). Remove screw (40).
(3) Remove plug (45) and packing (50). Remove plug (55) and packing (60).
(4) Remove plug (65) from plug assembly (80). Remove packing (70) from plug (65). Remove
plug assembly (80) from plate assembly (15). Remove screw (75) and packing (85)
from plug assembly (80). Remove spring assembly (90) from plate (15).
Page 3098
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3099
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3100
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-070-026
(1) Remove 4 rings (5, Figure 332) and 4 screens (10). Remove 3 rings (15) and 3
screens (20). Remove 2 rings (25) and 2 screens (30).
(3) Remove packing (40) and packing (45) from plate assembly (50).
Page 3101
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3103
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 3104
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
CLEANING
TASK 73-21-78-99C-401
1. General
A. Clean dirty parts, remove corrosion, and dry moist parts before parts are examined for wear.
B. Use materials listed in Table 401 to clean the HMU. Use tools listed in Table 402 to clean
the HMU. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items listed in table, except for those
items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent substitutes must be compatible with all
the part materials and do the same function as the items identified in the table for the
alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an equivalent substitute.
The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Aqueous Cleaning Solution Delta-Omega Technologies Ltd.
ATTAR-C 218 Rue Beauregard, Suite B
Lafayette, LA 70508
Corrosion Preventative Compound Commercially Available
MIL-C-81309
Isopropyl Alcohol Commercially Available
TT-I-735
Rust Inhibitor Oakite Products, Inc.
Oakite Rinsite 13177 Huron River Drive
Romulus, MI 48174-3631
Solvent Commercially Available
Stoddard Solvent
MIL-PRF-680, Type I
Swab Commercially Available
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
Degausser Commercially Available
Gaussmeter Commercially Available
Range ± 20 Gauss
Accuracy 2% of Full Scale
Page 4001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Magnifying Device Commercially Available
2-1/2 Power Minimum
Nonmetallic Brush Commercially Available
Oven Commercially Available
Pressure Washer Commercially Available
(With 10-Micron Filter),
Stainless Steel Wire Brush Commercially Available
Ultrasonic Cleaning Unit Commercially Available
Wire Buffing Wheel Commercially Available
Wire Mesh Basket Commercially Available
CAUTION: BE SURE TO REMOVE ONLY RUST AND NOT TO ALTER OR DAMAGE THE PART.
ALTERED OR DAMAGED PARTS MAY NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY.
C. Use a stainless steel wire brush (Table 402) or wire buffing wheel (Table 402) to remove
surface rust. Replace heavily corroded or pitted parts. Replace corroded fasteners, such as
screws, bolts, and nuts. Clean parts before returning them to service.
D. Cleaning Procedures
(1) Aqueous cleaning (metallic and non-metallic parts). Do not use to clean electrical
components, red anodized aluminum, or nonmetallic seals.
Page 4002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-130-801
2. Aqueous Cleaning
A. Demagnetize all steel parts with degausser (see Table 402). Check parts with gaussmeter
(see Table 402). Remaining magnetism must not be greater than 3 gauss.
B. Use a pressure washer (see Table 402) equipped with a 10-micron filter and P-D-680 solvent (see
Table 401) supplied at 100 PSIG to clean castings and very dirty parts before ultrasonic cleaning.
C. Put parts in a wire mesh basket (see Table 402). Make sure easily damaged
parts do not get touched by other parts.
D. Start ultrasonic cleaning unit (see Table 402). Lower wire mesh basket (see Table 402) into
ATTAR-C aqueous cleaning solution (see Table 401) for approximately 2 minutes.
NOTE: Wash and rinse solutions should conform to the concentrations and temperatures
recommended by the chemical manufacturers (see Table 401).
E. Remove parts from ultrasonic cleaning unit and rinse with warm water.
Page 4003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
NOTE: Rinse tanks must have rust inhibitor (see Table 401) in the water to
improve wetting and inhibit rusting.
WARNING: COMPRESSED AIR. WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR FOR ANY COOLING,
CLEANING, OR DRYING OPERATION, DO NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG (207 kPa) AT
THE NOZZLE. EYES CAN BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED BY CONTACT WITH
LIQUID OR LARGE PARTICLES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR. INHALATION
OF AIR-BLOWN PARTICLES OR P-D-680 SOLVENT VAPOR CAN DAMAGE LUNGS.
WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN AIR-EXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR
APPROVED GOGGLES OR FACE SHIELD. WHEN USING AIR FOR CLEANING AT AN
UNEXHAUSTED WORKBENCH, WEAR APPROVED RESPIRATOR AND GOGGLES.
G. Dry parts with clean, dry compressed air (see Compressed Air) or oven (see Oven Drying)
as necessary. Make sure parts are thoroughly dry before use or storage.
CAUTION: DO NOT TOUCH FINELY MACHINED SURFACES AFTER THEY ARE CLEANED.
THEY ARE VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TO ATMOSPHERIC CORROSION AND TO
ETCHING FROM BODY ACIDS AFTER THEY ARE CLEANED.
H. Use a 2-1/2 power magnifying device (see Table 402) to check parts for contamination. Do
procedure for aqueous cleaning again if contamination is seen.
I. After inspection, treat parts with MIL-C-81309 corrosion preventative compound (Table
401). Store parts in dust-free plastic containers.
Page 4004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-160-801
3. Compressed Air
WARNING: USE PROTECTION FOR EYES AND FACE (EYE GOGGLES OR FACE
SHIELD) WHEN COMPRESSED AIR IS USED.
CAUTION: DO NOT SPIN BEARINGS WITH COMPRESSED AIR, DAMAGE MAY RESULT.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN PARTS IN OR NEAR ASSEMBLY AREAS.
NOTE: 30 psig (206,8 kPag) minimum is recommended for cleaning with compressed air.
B. Use compressed air to remove excess cleaning fluids. Blow into all ports, cores,
passages, etc. from all accessible directions.
C. Use compressed air to dry units on test stands prior to final testing.
Page 4005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-160-802
4. Oven Drying
WARNING: INTERNAL OVEN TEMPERATURE MAY REACH 300 F (148,9 C). DIRECT CONTACT
WITH SKIN MAY CAUSE BURNS. USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.
NOTE: Oven drying is an acceptable method of thoroughly drying parts after aqueous cleaning.
Only parts approved for aqueous cleaning may use this process.
A. Make sure oven (see Cleaning Tools Table) temperature is between 225-300 F (107,2-148,9 C).
B. Use compressed air (see Compressed Air) to remove excess fluids before oven drying.
C. Put parts in oven (see Cleaning Tools Table) until they are thoroughly dry.
Page 4006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-160-803
WARNING: TT-I-735 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL. DO NOT USE THE ALCOHOL NEAR FLAMES
OR HEAT, BECAUSE THE ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE. DO NOT BREATHE THE
FUMES RELEASED FROM THE ALCOHOL. THE ALCOHOL IS DANGEROUS TO
YOUR EYES, NOSE, AND LUNGS. MAKE SURE YOU HAVE A GOOD FLOW
OF AIR. THE FUMES RELEASED FROM THE ALCOHOL CAN GIVE YOU A
HEADACHE AND CAN MAKE YOU DIZZY AND SICK. DO NOT DRINK THIS
ALCOHOL, BECAUSE IT CAN MAKE YOU VERY SICK.
A. Clean electrical parts using TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 401) and a clean
swab (see Table 401). Remove all residue.
B. Use a 2-1/2 power magnifying device (see Table 402) to check parts for contamination. Do
procedures for TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol cleaning again if contamination is seen.
Page 4007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 4008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
CHECK
TASK 73-21-78-99C-501
1. General
A. Materials required during check of the hydromechanical fuel control (HMU) are listed in Table 501.
Tools used during check are listed in Table 502. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items
listed in table, except for those items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent substitutes must
be compatible with all the part materials and do the same function as the items identified in the
table for the alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an equivalent
substitute. The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Calibrating Fluid Commercially Available
MIL-PRF-7024, Type II*
Teflon Heat Shrinkable Tubing Alpha Wire Corp.
FIT-400-10 711 Lidgerwood Avenue
Elizabeth, NJ 07207
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
Degausser Commercially Available
Flowmeter Commercially Available
0-300 PPH (0-136 KGH)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Reading
Gaussmeter Commercially Available
Range ± 20 Gauss
Accuracy 2% of Full Scale
High Resistance Meter Hewlett Packard
4329A 275 N. Corporate Dr.
Brookfield, WI 53005
Magnifying Device Commercially Available
7-Power Minimum
Multimeter Commercially Available
Needle Valve Commercially Available
0.125 inch (3,18 mm)
Plug Gage Commercially Available
0.044 inch (1,12 mm) dia. minimum
Page 5001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Power Supply, Variable Commercially Available
0-28 Vdc
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-1,000 PSIG (0-6895 kPa)
Pressure Regulator Commercially Available
0-1,000 PSIG (0-6895 kPa)
B. Refer to FITS AND CLEARANCES, Table 801, for a list of inspection areas and
limits for parts that are subject to wear and defects.
C. Parts that do not appear to be worn or damaged do not have to be checked according to FITS AND
CLEARANCES, Table 801. Polishing and/or burnishing alone do not constitute visible wear.
(1) Burr - a thin ridge of metal or roughness left by a sharp-edged object cutting or shaping metal.
(2) Chip or Metal Removal - a surface depression caused by contact of an area with a sharp object.
(3) Crack - a surface opening caused by parting of metal due to a sharp blow or high stress.
(5) Nick - a surface impression with sharp corners or bottom, usually caused by
pressure or impact from a sharp-edged foreign body. Depth will be determined
after removal of burr at edges or nick.
(7) Scoring - surface roughness caused by the formation of lines, grooves, scratches, or
notches, usually caused by repeated contact with another rough surface.
Page 5002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
E. Individual parts that make up assemblies, such as linkage assemblies, do not require
dimensional check if damage or wear is not obvious.
Page 5003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-210-801
2. Check Recommendations
A. Use a 7-power minimum magnifying device (see Table 502) and micrometers to check suspected
wear of parts in FITS AND CLEARANCES, Table 801, when a limit for wear pattern is given.
Parts worn beyond maximum or minimum prescribed limits shall be rejected.
B. Check all parts for corrosion. Replace parts with heavy corrosion or extensive, deep pitting.
Reject all internal corroded parts. For cleaning of external corroded parts, see CLEANING
procedures. Corroded fasteners, such as screws, bolts, and nuts, shall be replaced.
C. Confirm suspected cracks or metal defects in aluminum parts using fluorescent penetrant
inspection procedures according to CFMI Standard Practices Manual, 70-32-00 (CFMI-TP.SP.2).
Use magnetic particle inspection procedures according to CFMI Standard Practices Manual,
70-33-00 (CFMI-TP.SP.2) to inspect steel parts. If any cracks or defects are evident, replace part.
D. All holes in which grooved pins are assembled shall be checked for out-of-roundness
using WT-104171 depth gage . Discard parts which have pin holes more than 0.0003 inch
(0,008 mm) out-of-round or are larger than 0.1255 inch (3,188 mm).
E. Inspect nongrooved pins (pins with holes in ends) for wear. Wear should not exceed
0.0002 inch (0,005 mm). Pins exceeding the limit may be reused if installed 180 degrees
from previous position so that load is on side showing no wear.
F. Check hard-coated aluminum plungers, pistons, sleeves, and bores for scoring on
surfaces as indicated in FITS AND CLEARANCES, Table 801. If more than 25 percent
of surface is scored or other damage is apparent, replace part.
Page 5004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Threaded parts must be free of corrosion, cracks, and damaged threads. Examine all exposed
internal and external threads for evidence of overtightening, cross-threading, or mutilation.
Correct minor damage by chasing thread and cleaning part. If seating surfaces of threaded
fittings are scratched or damaged enough to cause leakage, replace part.
(2) Clean (see CLEANING) threads that have light surface corrosion and show no signs of pitting.
(3) Check to make sure all threads shall have a smooth surface texture (see Surface
Finish Requirements) and be free from defects that prevent proper run-on or
seating torque (see FITS AND CLEARANCES). Repair (see REPAIR) if necessary,
or discard and replace parts that cannot be repaired.
(4) Discard and replace threaded parts that have stripped threads or that are cross threaded.
(5) Discard and replace all threaded parts that are cracked.
(6) Repair or replace and discard parts if more than 50 percent of one thread or 10 percent
of two threads are defective. No defects are allowed below the pitch diameter.
(7) Discard and replace any threaded inserts which cause incorrect run-on torque (see REPAIR).
(8) Check the top edge of threaded inserts to make sure they are below the
surface of the tapped hole (see REPAIR).
(9) Repair (see REPAIR) or discard and replace threaded parts with scratches or damage on
seating surfaces that permit leakage (see TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION).
• 63 AA - 24 or finer pitch
• 80 AA - less than 24 but greater than 16 pitch
• 125 AA - 16 pitch or less
2 Check threads to make sure they are free from defects that would affect
run on torque with a free running mating thread.
Page 5005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
CAUTION: UPPER AND LOWER RACES AND BEARING SEPARATOR OF A THREE PIECE
BEARING ARE A MATCHED ASSEMBLY AND MUST BE KEPT TOGETHER.
(2) If the HMU is disassembled for any reason other than overhaul, perform the following.
(a) Using a 7-power minimum magnifying device (see Table 502), check races and balls of
bearings for flat spots, nicks, pitting, wear on races, deformation, cracks, chipping, deep
scratches, etching, scoring, bearing separator wear, and contamination. Replace all
bearings displaying such defects. Discoloration alone is not cause for rejection.
(3) Check all bearings for residual magnetism using a gaussmeter (see Table 502). If residual
magnetism exceeds 3 gauss, demagnetize bearing using a degausser (see Table 502).
I. Packing Replacement
NOTE: Do not disassemble an assembly for the sole purpose of checking preformed
packings unless there is reason to believe the assembly is not functioning properly.
(2) If MEC is being disassembled for servicing other than overhaul, replace any trapezoidal seals
that are disturbed and are inspected to have a cross-sectional height less than 0.062 inch
(1,57 mm) or have visible damage. At overhaul, however, all seals shall be replaced.
J. After removal of sleeves, check all preformed packings for chips or slices. Remove
all pieces of cut packings from sleeve bores.
K. Visually check all springs for abrasions, distortions, wear, and similar damage. If any
of above conditions exist, replace part. Check that spring assemblies with epoxied
seats are intact. Epoxy loose seats. See REPAIR.
Page 5006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
L. Visually check all tubes and tube assemblies. Reject tubes and tube assem-
blies for the following defects:
(2) Cracks in tubing walls or tube assembly joints. Confirm cracks using fluorescent
penetrant inspection procedures according to CFMI Standard Practices
Manual, 70-33-00 (CFMI-TP,SP.2).
(3) Wrinkles and kinks exceeding 2 percent of nominal tube outside diameter.
(4) Nicks exceeding 0.0015 inch (0,038 mm) deep by 0.060 inch (1,52 mm) long.
(6) Nicks exceeding a depth of 0.003 inch (0,08 mm). Maximum number of dents not to
exceed 4 per linear inch (25,40 mm). For nicks in dented surfaces, criteria cited in
Nick defect definition under CHECK, General, shall apply.
M. Examine screens for damage. If damaged area is larger than original mesh opening, reject
screen. This can be visually determined in most cases; however, a wire gauge may be used
to determine both original opening size and damaged opening size.
N. Check shaded areas of parts shown in Figure 501 for scratches, nicks, and
burrs. See REPAIR for rework procedures.
O. Using WT-146848 sight gage, check sealing area of housing assembly (10, Figure 501).
Repair is required if any nicks or scratches are within, adjacent to, or touching either side of
area defined by WT-146848 sight gage. See REPAIR for rework procedures.
Page 5007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
P. Visually determine that sealing surfaces for preformed packings have a surface texture
of 63 microinches (1,6 micrometers) AA or better.
(2) Without changing position of assembly, measure radial clearance 90 degrees from
normal operating position. Record measurement.
(3) Difference between two recorded radial clearances should not exceed 0.0007 inch (0,018 mm).
(a) Visually check valve (190, IPL Figure 1) lead wire and teflon sheath for nicks and
tears that expose bare wires. Repair lead wires with exposed shielding braid with
FIT-400-10 teflon heat shrinkable tubing (see Table 501). Replace valve (190,
IPL Figure 1) if nick or tear cuts through shielding braid.
(2) Hydraulic
(a) Installation
1 Install 3 bushings (210) and 3 packings (205) in valve (190). Secure valve (190) to
WT-140567 test fixture (13, Figure 502) with 4 washers (200, IPL Figure 1) and 4
screws (195). Torque 4 screws (195) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m) maximum.
Page 5013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
1 Connect WT-140567 test fixture (13, Figure 502) to gauges and valves as shown
in Figure 502. Close needle valves (4, 5, and 6) and open valves (1, 2, and 3).
Adjust pressure regulator (7) to supply MIL-PRF-7024, Type II calibrating fluid (see
Table 501) at 820 PSIG (5664 kPa) as read on pressure gauge (9, Figure 502) .
Energize valve (190, IPL Figure 1) twice by applying 300 mA maximum to pins
using variable power supply (12, Figure 502). Hold pressure level for 3 minutes. No
external leakage is allowed. If leakage occurs, replace valve (190, IPL Figure 1) .
1 Set coil current on valve (190, IPL Figure 1) to 0 mA. Open valves (1,
3, and 6, Figure 502). Close valves (2, 4, and 5). Adjust regulator (7) to
a pressure of 150 ± 5 PSIG (1034 ± 34,5 kPa) as read on gauge (9).
Leakage from drain A, Figure 502, must not exceed 10 cc/min. If leakage
is above 10 cc/min, replace valve (190, IPL Figure 1).
2 Increase current to valve (190) coil until flow occurs at drain A, Figure 502, and
note pull in current. If pull in current is above 280 mA, replace valve (190).
1 Open valves (2 and 4, Figure 502). Close valves (1, 3, 5, and 6). Set coil
current to 300 mA, and adjust regulator (7) to obtain a flow of 250 ± 5 PPH
(1724 ± 34,5 kPa) as read on flowmeter (8). Reading on pressure gauge
(11) must not exceed 85 PSID (586 kPa). If gauge (11) reading is above 85
PSID (586 kPa), replace valve (190, IPL Figure 1).
Page 5014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
1 Set coil current on valve (190) to 300 mA. Open valves (1 and 4, Figure 502). Close
valves (2, 3, 5, and 6). Adjust regulator (7) to a pressure of 150 ± 5 PSIG (1034
± 34,5 kPa) as read on gauge (9). Leakage from drain (B) must not exceed 10
cc/min. If leakage is above 10 cc/min, replace valve (190, IPL Figure 1).
2 Reduce coil current until valve (190) de-energizes as indicated by a large increase
in leakage at drain B, Figure 502. Valve (190) must de-energize before current
reaches zero. If valve (190) fails to de-energize, replace valve.
1 Open valves (1 and 4, Figure 502). Close valves (2, 3, 5, and 6). Set coil
current to 0 mA, and adjust regulator (7) to obtain a flow of 250 ± 5 PPH
(1724 ± 34,5 kPa) as read on flowmeter (8). Reading on pressure gauge
(10) must not exceed 85 PSID (586 kPa). If gauge (10) reading is above 85
PSID (586 kPa), replace valve (190, IPL Figure 1).
S. Latching Solenoid.
(a) Visually check solenoid (80, Figure 503) connector for damaged threads
and pins. If damaged, replace solenoid (80).
(2) Electrical.
(a) Using a variable power supply (see Table 502), apply 18 Vdc to pins (1) and (2)
of solenoid (80, Figure 503) connector with pin (1) positive in respect to pin (2).
Check the coil current. Current must be 0.62 amperes maximum at 68 F (20
C). If current exceeds 0.62 amperes, replace solenoid (80).
Page 5016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(a) Using a variable power supply , apply 18 Vdc to pins (1) and (2) of solenoid (80,
Figure 503) with pin (1) positive in respect to pin (2) to retract rod (part of solenoid
[80]). De-energize solenoid (80). Apply a force of 5 pounds (2,42 kg). The force
required to extend the rod (part of solenoid [80]) must exceed 5 pounds (2,42 kg). If
force does not exceed 5 pounds (2,42 kg), replace solenoid (80).
(b) With rod (part of solenoid [80]) latched in the extend position, apply a 5- pound
(2,42 kg) force in the extend direction. Using a variable power supply (see Table
502), apply 18 Vdc to pins (1) and (2) of solenoid (80, Figure 503) with pin (1)
positive in respect to pin (2). Rod (part of solenoid [80]) must retract. If rod
(part of solenoid [80]) does not retract, replace solenoid.
(4) Visually inspect piston (105, IPL Figure 4) for axial wear on the end installed opposite solenoid
(80). If the ends of piston (105) are not hard-coated, any visual wear observed should
result in replacement of piston (105). If the ends of piston (105) are hard-coated, check for
scoring on surfaces as indicated in FITS AND CLEARANCES, Table 801. If more than
25 percent of surface is scored or other damage is apparent, replace the part.
T. Shutoff Switch.
(1) To check switch (215, IPL Figure 4), connect leads of a multimeter (see Table 502)
to pins (9) and (22) of connector (65, IPL Figure 1).
U. Pressure Switch.
(1) To check switch (225, IPL Figure 2), connect a high resistance meter (see Table 502) to pins
(21) and (41) of connector (65, IPL Figure 1). Resistance must be 1 ohm maximum.
V. Drive Gear.
(1) Check end play of drive gear (140, IPL Figure 3). If end play is greater than 0.015 in. (0,38
mm), inspect wear on top face of bearing (150). Refer to FITS AND CLEARANCES section,
Table 801, for dimensional and visual check information of bearing (150, IPL Figure 3).
FOR 8061-531
W. X-Ray Inspection of Pressurizing Valve Rod Engagement.
(1) Generate an X-ray image of HMU 8061-531 that will show assembled rod
(5, Figure 504) in piston assembly (10).
NOTE: X-ray image must be clear enough that outline of threaded insert (part of
piston assembly [10]) is visible and that location of rod (5) with respect
to threaded insert can be determined.
(2) Pressurizing valve assembly is acceptable if, after final testing of HMU, the end of rod
(5) is flush with last coil of threaded insert (part of piston assembly [10]) (see view A)
or if end of rod (5) is beyond last coil of threaded insert (see view B).
(3) If X-ray inspection shows end of rod (5) to be below flush (see view C) or if
an adequate X-ray of the 8061-531 HMU cannot be performed, the 8061-531
HMU can be updated to an 8061-532 HMU.
NOTE: Updating to an 8061-532 HMU will result in the installation of a new pressurizing
valve assembly and will eliminate the need for this X-ray inspection.
Page 5018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
X-Ray Inspection of Pressurizing Valve Assembly for 8061-531 HMUs - Figure 504
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 5019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Inspect each of HMU’s 6 torque motors (45, 235, and 455, IPL Figure 5) and (55, 210, and 365,
IPL Figure 6) for cracked covers. If a torque motor cover is cracked, replace the torquemotor.
(2) Inspect each of the HMU’s six torque motors for dented covers. If a dent to the torque motor
cover exceeds 0.050 inches (1,27 mm) in depth, replace replace the torque motor.
(1) Inspect for leakage each of HMU’s 6 torque motors (45, 235, and 455, IPL Figure 5)
and (55, 210, and 365, IPL Figure 6) removed during repair.
(3) Check for leakage in this orientation over an interval of two minutes.
(4) Inspect for fuel weepage at the location where the lead wires enter the torque motor.
NOTE: P/N 1886-392 torque motors (45, 235, and 455, IPL Figure 5) and (55, 210, and
365, IPL Figure 6) may be returned to Woodward, Inc. for repair or overhaul.
Page 5020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) At HMU overhaul, torque motors (45, 235, and 455, IPL Figure 5) and (55, 210, and 365, IPL
Figure 6) must be replaced or overhauled. Return torque motors to Woodward, Inc. for overhaul.
(1) Inspect the HPTCC, LPTCC, and RACCS turbine clearance valve (5, Figure 506)
orifices for a blockage by inserting a 0.044 inch (1,12 mm) diameter minimum plug
gage in the orifice, 0.400 inch (10,16 mm) minimum deep.
(2) If the plug gage will not insert under its own weight to the required depth, replace valve (5).
Page 5022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Check pilot valve body IDG/Servo threads 1-8, as shown in Figure 507, for damage.
NOTE: If the threads are damaged beyond use, the threads can be repaired. The details
of this repair are considered proprietary. The component must be sent to an OEM
authorized repair facility (see REPAIR) for repair per FAA approved repair 9401-135.
Page 5023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) Check pilot valve body VSV/VBV bores, as shown in Figure 508, for wear steps.
(2) If either bore has a wear step in the area shown in Figure 509, rework the area as
necessary as long as it does not result in the surface of the local repair being more than
.003 inch under the nearby untouched feature. Depth of the local repaired locations can
be verified by comparing the repaired surface to the feature’s dimensions at the nearby
untouched surface. Surface finish shall be 63 microinches (1,6 micrometers).
NOTE: If the bores are damaged beyond this limit and require repair, the details of this repair
are considered proprietary. The component must be sent to an OEM authorized
repair facility (see REPAIR) for repair per FAA approved repair 9402-254.
Page 5024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 5025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
REPAIR
TASK 73-21-78-99C-601
1. General
A. Due to the proprietary nature of the product and repair process and to critical process control
requirements which must be maintained, a repair or alteration defined as proprietary or process
critical within this manual must only be performed by a facility approved by the Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). The facility listed is authorized to perform proprietary repairs
and alterations as well as repairs and alterations per FAA approved repair drawings:
Woodward, Inc.
5001 North Second Street
P.O. Box 7001Rockford, Illinois 61125-7001U.S.A.
Rockford, Illinois 61125-7001
U.S.A.
B. Materials required for repair of the hydromechanical fuel control (HMU) are listed in Table 601.
Tools used during repair are listed in Table 602. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items
listed in table, except for those items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent substitutes must
be compatible with all the part materials and do the same function as the items identified in the
table for the alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an equivalent
substitute. The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Acetone Commercially Available
O-A-51
Chemical Conversion Coating Amchem Products
Alodine No. 1200 Brookside Avenue
Ambler, PA 19002
Enbond Enthone Incorporated
NS-35 P.O. Box 1900
New Haven, CT 06508
Epoxy Armstrong Products Co., Inc.
Armstrong A-701 Div. of Polymer, Inc.
407 Argonne Road
P.O. Box 657
Warsaw, IN 46580
Epoxy Solvent Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Dimethylformamide 201 Hamilton Blvd.
Allentown, PA 18195-1501
Isopropyl Alcohol Commercially Available
TT-I-735
Masking Tape Commercially Available
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Sodium Dichromate Allied Chemical
P.O. Box 1139R
Morristown, NJ 07960
Sulfuric Acid Commercially Available
O-S-809
Swab Commercially Available
Valve Grinding Compound U.S. Products Co.
Kwik-Ak-Shun, Grade 1000 518 Melwood Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
Arbor Press Commercially Available
Center Punch Commercially Available
Drill Commercially Available
Number 21
Number 29
Number 33
Number 43
Number 50
Extraction Tool Commercially Available
E-Z OUT, Size Number 4
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Go-Hi Gage Emhart Teknologies
1440-2 4 Shelter Rock Lane
1440-02 Danbury, CT 06810
1440-04
1440-06
1441-2
1441-3
1441-4
1441-5
1441-6
1442-02
1442-04
1442-06
1442-2
1443-2
1443-3
1443-4
1443-5
1443-6
Go-Hi Gage Emhart Teknologies
1688-02 4 Shelter Rock Lane
1688-04 Danbury, CT 06810
1688-06
1688-2
1694-2
1694-3
1694-4
1694-5
1694-6
Go-Hi Gage Emhart Teknologies
3688-02 4 Shelter Rock Lane
3688-04 Danbury, CT 06810
3688-06
3688-2
3694-2
3694-3
3694-4
3694-5
3694-6
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Go-Hi Gage Emhart Teknologies
4026-02-2 4 Shelter Rock Lane
4026-04-2 Danbury, CT 06810
4026-06-2
4026-2-2
4027-2-2
4027-3-2
4027-4-2
4027-5-2
4027-6-2
4033-02-2
4033-04-2
4033-06-2
4033-2-2
4034-2-2
4034-3-2
4034-4-2
4034-5-2
4034-6-2
Keensert Stud Tridair Industries
Installation Tool 3000 West Lomita Blvd.
TNS 5 Torrance CA 90505
Phenolic Rod Commercially Available
Stainless Steel Wire Brush Commercially Available
Tang Break-Off Tool* Emhart Teknologies
3692-6 4 Shelter Rock Lane
3695-02 Danbury, CT 06810
3695-04
3695-06
3695-2
3695-3
3695-4
3695-5
3695-6
Tap Commercially Available
2(0.086)-56
4(0.112)-40
6(0.138)-32
8(0.164)-36
10(0.190)-32
5/16(0.3125)-24
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Threaded Insert Emhart Teknologies
Installation Tools 4 Shelter Rock Lane
7551-02 Danbury, CT 06810
7551-04
7551-06
7551-2
7552-2
7552-3
7552-4
7552-5
7552-6
Threaded Insert Emhart Teknologies
Removal Tools 4 Shelter Rock Lane
1227-02 Danbury, CT 06810
1227-06
1227-6
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-801
(1) Use applicable extraction tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert Insertion and Extraction
Tools Table) to remove damaged threaded inserts.
NOTE: Tapped holes machined for oversize threaded inserts are typically identified
with an H. This mark appears on a surface close to the hole or, if room is not
available, next to the item serial number. Oversize Threaded Insert Removal
and Installation Tools Table (see Oversize Insert Replacement procedure) lists
the removal tools if insert is found to be oversize type.
Part Number Thread Size Removal Tool Tang Break-Off Tool Installation Tool
190756 1/4(0.250)-28 1227-6 3695-4 7552-4
190757 5/16(0.312)-24 1227-6 3692-5 7552-5
190905 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
190941 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
218074 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
218079 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
218080 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
218085 1/4(0.250)-28 1227-6 3695-4 7552-4
218148 4(0.112)-40 1227-06 3695-04 7551-04
218152 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
218192 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
218248 3/8(0.375)-24 1227-6 3692-6 7552-6
218992 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
219002 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-606 2(0.086)-56 1227-02 3695-02 7551-02
1141-638 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
1141-660 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-666 8(0.164)-36 1227-06 3695-2 7552-2
(2) Inspect the threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of
over-tightening, cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage
is apparent in the area where the insert is seated.
Repair 1
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Deburr threads, manually thread GH-1 tap (see Repair Tools Table) of the correct thread
size into threaded hole, clean part (see CLEANING), and do Anodized Aluminum
Repair (see REPAIR), if necessary, to correct minor damage.
NOTE: The tap must be turned into the threaded hole with no greater torque than
that which may be applied with two fingers.
(4) Send part to an OEM-authorized repair facility for repair per FAA-approved Woodward
Repair SRP-12 if threads show more than minor damage.
NOTE: Minor damage is damage that has no effect on the function of the thread.
(b) Use gages in Insert Thread Gage Table to tell the type (standard or oversize)
used. See Oversize Insert Replacement procedure for oversize inserts. Continue
with this procedure for standard tanged inserts.
NOTE: Tapped holes machined for oversize threaded inserts are typically identified
with an H. This mark appears on a surface close to the hole or, if room
is not available, next to the item serial number.
NOTE: The NOT GO (HI) functional diameter is satisfactory when the NOT
GO (HI) thread plug gage applied to the unit internal thread does
not go in more than three complete turns.
Part Number Thread Size Standard Insert Standard Insert Oversize Insert Oversize Insert
2B Thread 3B Thread 2B Thread 3B Thread
Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage
190756 1/4(0.250)-28 1443-4 or 3694-4 or 4034-4-2 4027-4-2
1441-4 1694-4
190757 5/16(0.312)-24 1443-5 or 3694-5 or 4034-5-2 4027-5-2
1441-5 1694-5
190905 8(0.164)-32 1442-2 or 3688-2 or 4033-2-2 4026-2-2
1440-2 1688-2
190941 10(0.190)-32 1443-3 or 3694-3 or 4034-3-2 4027-3-2
1441-3 1694-3
218074 10(0.190)-32 1443-3 or 3694-3 or 4034-3-2 4027-3-2
1441-3 1694-3
Repair 1
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Part Number Thread Size Standard Insert Standard Insert Oversize Insert Oversize Insert
2B Thread 3B Thread 2B Thread 3B Thread
Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage Go-Hi Gage
218079 6(0.138)-32 1442-06 or 3688-06 or 4033-06-2 4026-06-2
1440-06 1688-06
218080 8(0.164)-32 1442-2 or 3688-2 or 4033-2-2 4026-2-2
1440-2 1688-2
218085 1/4(0.250)-28 1443-4 or 3694-4 or 4034-4-2 4027-4-2
1441-4 1694-4
218148 4(0.112)-40 1442-04 or 3688-04 or 4033-04-2 4026-04-2
1440-04 1688-04
218152 6(0.138)-32 1442-06 or 3688-06 or 4033-06-2 4026-06-2
1440-06 1688-06
218192 10(0.190)-32 1443-3 or 3694-3 or 4034-3-2 4027-3-2
1441-3 1694-3
218248 3/8(0.375)-24 1443-6 or 3694-6 or 4034-6-2 4027-6-2
1441-6 1694-6
218992 8(0.164)-32 1442-2 or 3688-2 or 4033-2-2 4026-2-2
1440-2 1688-2
219002 8(0.164)-32 1442-2 or 3688-2 or 4033-2-2 4026-2-2
1440-2 1688-2
1141-606 2(0.086)-56 1442-02 or 3688-02 or 4033-02-2 4026-02-2
1440-02 1688-02
1141-638 6(0.138)-32 1442-06 or 3688-06 or 4033-06-2 4026-06-2
1440-06 1688-06
1141-660 8(0.164)-32 1442-2 or 3688-2 or 4033-2-2 4026-2-2
1440-2 1688-2
1141-666 8(0.164)-36 1443-2 or 3694-2 or 4034-2-2 4027-2-2
1441-2 1694-2
(5) Use applicable insertion tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert Removal and Installation Tools
table) and engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel. Install threaded insert.
(6) Do this step for countersunk holes. Align insert with hole and turn mandrel until top
of threaded insert is 3/4 to 1-1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
Repair 1
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(7) Do this step for holes without countersink. Install insert 1/4 to 1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO RECOVER LOOSE INSERT DRIVE TANGS MAY DAMAGE THE UNIT.
(8) Remove insertion tool from insert. Use tang break-off tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert
Removal and Installation Tools table) to break off drive tang. Remove and discard tang.
(1) Use applicable extraction tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert Removal and Installation
Tools Table) to remove damaged threaded inserts.
NOTE: Tapped holes machined for oversize threaded inserts are typically identified
with an H on a surface close to the hole or, if room is not available, next to
the item serial number. Oversize Threaded Insert Removal and Installation
Tools Table (see Oversize Insert Replacement procedure) list the removal
tools if insert is found to be oversize type.
(2) Inspect the threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of
over-tightening, cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage
is apparent in the area where the insert is seated.
(3) Thread GH-1 tap (see Repair Tools Table) of the correct thread size manually into threaded
hole, clean part (see CLEANING), and do Anodized Aluminum Repair (see REPAIR)
to cut through previous staking damage (see Repair of Threads).
NOTE: The tap must be turned into the threaded hole with no greater torque than
that which may be applied with two fingers.
(4) Inspect the re-tapped threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of
over-tightening, cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage
is apparent in the area where the insert is seated.
(5) Send part to an OEM-authorized repair facility for repair per FAA-approved Woodward
Repair SRP-12 if threads show more than minor damage.
NOTE: Minor damage is damage that has no effect on the function of the thread.
Repair 1
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(7) Use gages in Insert Thread Gage Table to tell the type (standard or oversize)
used. See Oversize Insert Replacement procedure for oversize inserts. Continue
with this procedure for standard tanged inserts.
NOTE: Tapped holes machined for oversize threaded inserts are typically
identified with an H on a surface close to the hole or, if room is not
available, next to the item serial number.
NOTE: The NOT GO (HI) functional diameter is satisfactory when the NOT
GO (HI) thread plug gage applied to the unit internal thread does not
go in more than three complete turns.
(8) Use applicable insertion tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert Removal and Installation Tools
Table) and engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel.
(9) Do this step for countersunk holes. Align insert with hole and turn mandrel until top
of threaded insert is 3/4 to 1-1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
(10) Do this step for holes without countersink. Install insert 1/4 to 1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO RECOVER LOOSE INSERT DRIVE TANGS MAY DAMAGE THE UNIT.
(11) Remove insertion tool from insert. Use tang break-off tool (see Tanged Threaded Insert
Removal and Installation Tools Table) to break off drive tang. Remove and discard tang.
(12) Stake both ends when the part has a threaded hole through the part, and the
insert could be turned out with the installed screw.
NOTE: A threaded hole into a feature (hole, slot, etc.) need only be staked at the
external surface from which insert was installed.
Repair 1
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(13) Stake approximately 30 degrees from the ends of the insert. The force required must be
enough to upset the metal and retain the insert but not fracture the thread.
NOTE: New staking location must be different than the previous location(s).
(14) Visually inspect the staked areas to determine if metal has been upset. Make sure that
the thread has not been fractured. Remove any burrs before assembly.
Repair 1
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-802
Repair 2
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-803
NOTE: Aluminum plug inserts are color coded: green for standard size and red
for 0.010 inch (0,25 mm) larger.
NOTE: Screened orifices shall not be used more than once. Discard screened orifices when removed.
A. See the Screened Orifice Tools Table for specific dimensions and tooling. Select the
tooling specified for the screened orifice you are replacing.
(2) Install insert extraction tool in threaded hole in insert. Remove insert.
Repair 3
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Check hole diameter and surface finish (63 microinches minimum).
(4) Send part to an OEM-authorized repair facility for repair per FAA-approved Woodward Repair
SRP-14 (See General section), if damage or out-of-size limit condition is found.
NOTE: Holes machined for oversize screened orifices are marked with an L on a surface
close to the hole or, if room is not available, next to the item serial number.
(3) Position pin with small end pointed inward. Install pin in insert.
(4) Select installation tool from Screened Orifice Tools Table. Drive pin into
insert. Make sure pin is fully installed.
NOTE: Pin may protrude out of insert 0.005 inch (0,13 mm), or be installed
0.005 inch (0,13 mm) below end of insert.
(5) Inspect exposed end of insert and pin. Replace both parts if damaged.
Repair 3
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-804
NOTE: Aluminum plug shells are color coded: green for standard size and red
for 0.010 inch (0,25 mm) larger.
NOTE: Expansion plugs shall not be used more than once. Discard expansion plugs when removed.
A. See Expansion Plug Tools Table for specific dimensions and tooling. Select the tooling
specified for the expansion plug you are replacing.
Part Number Hole Size Max Drill Drill, Alternate Shell Tap and Installation
Inch Depth Inch Pin Tap, and Drill* Extraction Tools:
(mm) (mm) Extraction Tool Pin Driving
Tool Tool
and
Pin Seating
Tool
218944 0.2187- 0.145 No. 43 ----- 10(0.190)-32 WT-83642-3
0.2212 (3,68) 4(0.112)-40 WT-146488-8 WT-83642-5
(5,555- WT-146488-3
5,618)
218953 0.1562- 0.078 No. 50 No. 33 6(0.138)-32 WT-83642-2
0.1587 (1,98) 2(0.086)-56 WT-146488-5 WT-83642-3
(3,968- WT-146488-1
4,031)
219184 0.3437- 0.216 No. 21 ----- 5/16(0.3125)-24WT-83642-7
0.3462 (5,49) 10(0.190)-32 WT-146488-14 WT-83642-8
(8,730- WT-146488-8
8,794)
1223-805 0.1875- 0.114 No. 43 No. 29 8(0.164)-36 WT-83642-3
0.1890 (2,90) 4(0.112)-40 WT-146488-7 WT-83642-4
(4,763- WT-146488-3
4,800)
1223-903 0.1662- 0.078 No. 50 No. 33 6(0.138)-32 WT-83642-2
0.1687 (1,98) 2(0.086)-56 WT-146488-5 WT-83642-3
(4,222- WT-146488-1
4,285)
Repair 4
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Part Number Hole Size Max Drill Drill, Alternate Shell Tap and Installation
Inch Depth Inch Pin Tap, and Drill* Extraction Tools:
(mm) (mm) Extraction Tool Pin Driving
Tool Tool
and
Pin Seating
Tool
1223-906 0.1975- 0.114 No. 43 No. 29 8(0.164)-36 WT-83642-3
0.1990 (2,90) 4(0.112)-40 WT-146488-7 WT-83642-4
(5,017- WT-146488-3
5,055)
1223-910 0.2287- 0.145 No. 43 ----- 10(0.190)-32 WT-83642-3
0.2312 (3,68) 4(0.112)-40 WT-146488-8 WT-83642-5
(5,809- WT-146488-3
5,873)
1223-922 0.3537- 0.216 No. 21 ----- 5/16(0.3125)-24WT-83642-7
0.3562 (5,49) 10(0.190)-32 WT-146488-14 WT-83642-8
(8,984- WT-146488-8
9,047)
NOTE: *This drill size can be used to drill out the pin as an alternative to the
drill/pin tap/extraction tool procedure.
CAUTION: DRILL DEPTH SHOWN IS MAXIMUM LENGTH OF PIN. DO NOT DRILL INTO
SHELL OR METAL CHIPS WILL CONTAMINATE THE UNIT AND CAN CAUSE
THE UNIT TO NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY IN SERVICE.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED HOLE SIZE AND DEPTH IN EXPANSION PLUG TOOLS TABLE.
(2) Install extraction tool (see Expansion Plug Tools Table) in tapped hole in pin. Remove pin.
(3) Thread shell with tap (see Expansion Plug Tools Table).
(4) Install shell extraction tool (see Expansion Plug Tools Table) in tapped
hole in shell. Remove shell.
Repair 4
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(5) Check hole diameter and surface finish (63 microinches minimum).
(6) Send part to an OEM-authorized repair facility for repair per FAA-approved Woodward Repair
SRP-14 (See General section), if damage or out-of-size limit condition is found.
NOTE: Holes machined for oversize expansion plugs are marked with an L on a surface
close to the hole or, if room is not available, next to the item serial number.
(3) Position pin with small end pointed inward. Install pin in shell.
(4) Select pin installation tool(s) from Expansion Plug Tools Table.
CAUTION: DO NOT LIGHTLY TAP PIN DRIVING TOOL OR PIN SEATING TOOL. LIGHT
TAPS DONE AGAIN AND AGAIN CAN DAMAGE PIN AND/OR SHELL.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE PIN DRIVING TOOL TO FULLY INSTALL PIN. PIN DRIVING
TOOL CAN PUSH PIN THROUGH SHELL.
(5) Use a hammer with pin driving tool or pin seating tool to quickly hit and set
pin just below the edge of the adjacent surface.
NOTE: To prevent possible installation damage to the adjacent surface, the pin driving tool
can be used to install the pin below the edge of the adjacent surface.
(6) Use a hammer with the pin seating tool to fully install the pin flush with the shell.
NOTE: Pin may protrude out of shell 0.005 inch (0,13 mm), or be installed
0.010 inch (0,25 mm) below end of shell.
(7) Inspect exposed end of shell and pin. Replace both parts if damaged.
Repair 4
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-805
A. If both ends of pin are exposed, use a suitable punch and an arbor press
(see Table 602) to remove pin.
B. If only one end of pin is exposed, use a vise or similar tool to remove pin.
C. Install pin using proper tool (see Table 607) until pin protrudes amount given in Table 609.
Repair 5
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-806
A. Remove stud (385, IPL Figure 3) from housing assembly (360) by cutting off end of stud
0.125 inch (3,18 mm) above surface of housing assembly (360). Using a drill bushing (see
Table 609) and drill, enlarge hole to diameter and depth below body surface shown in
Table 608 to allow removal of Kees (part of stud [385, IPL Figure 3])
B. Using a suitable tool, deflect Kees inward until they break off. Using a drill (see Table 608), drill
a hole to depth below surface of housing assembly (360, IPL Figure 3) shown in Table 608.
Insert a number 4 size E-Z OUT extraction tool (see Table 602) in hole and remove remaining
part of stud (385, IPL Figure 3). Clean rework area as detailed in CLEANING.
C. Install replacement stud (385) with shoulder of stud (385) 0.010-0.030 inch (0,25-0,76
mm) below surface of housing assembly (360). Using stud (385) and insert installation
tool (see Table 602) and hammer or arbor press (see Table 602), seat Kees (part of
stud [385, IPL Figure 3]) in housing assembly (360).
Figure and Drill Bushing First Drill Kee Removal E-Z OUT Installation
Item Number Size and Size and Drill Size and Drill Size Tool
Drill Size Depth Depth Inch (mm)
Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm)
3-385 0.312 (7,92) 0.125 (3,18) 0.344 (8,74) 0.250 (6,35) TNS 5
diameter diameter diameter
0.500 (12,70) 0.375 (9,35) 0.500 (12,70)
depth depth depth
Repair 6
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-807
WARNING: USE EPOXY SOLVENT ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. DO NOT BREATHE
VAPORS OR SWALLOW SOLUTION. AVOID SKIN CONTACT. IF SKIN CONTACT
OCCURS, FLUSH EXPOSED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH MILD SOAP AND WATER.
A. If spring of spring assembly (see Table 609) is no longer bonded to its lever, seat, or
screw, prepare a solution of epoxy solvent (see Table 601). Place spring and lever
or seat in solution at 270-310ºF (132-154ºC) for one to two hours. Remove spring
and lever or seat from solution and rinse in cold water.
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
TT-I-735 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT,
SPARKS, AND OPEN FLAMES. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN.
B. Using a stainless steel wire brush (see Table 602), clean off all epoxy residue. Vapor-degrease
spring and lever, seat, or screw. Store parts in a clean container until cool. When cool, wipe mating
surfaces of spring and lever, seat, or screw with TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
Repair 7
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(2) Clean in alkaline cleaning solution for aluminum for 10-20 minutes at 160-180 F (71.1-82.2 C).
NOTE: Alkaline cleaning solution is a mixture of 3 ounces (85 grams) NS-35 Enbond
(see Table 601) by weight per every 1 gallon (3.785 liters) of water.
(4) Rinse with distilled or deionized water and test for water break. Place a few
drops of distilled or deionized water on the surface of the part. If the water
forms drops or balls, repeat the last three steps.
WARNING: O-S-809 SULFURIC ACID (SEE TABLE 601) IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN,
EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. USE ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED
AREA. AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH SKIN AND EYES. SKIN AND
EYE PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED.
SODIUM DICHROMATE (SEE TABLE 601) IS HIGHLY TOXIC TO SKIN,
EYES, AND RESPIRATORY TRACT. USE ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED
AREA. AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH SKIN AND EYES. SKIN AND
EYE PROTECTION ARE REQUIRED.
(6) Etch by immersion for 10 minutes in sulfuric dichromate solution at 140-160 F (60.0-71.1 C).
D. Position parts so spring is concentric with lever, seat, or screw. Apply epoxy (see
Table 601) in a thin film on spring and lever, seat, or screw surfaces to be bonded.
Clean off excess epoxy. Assemble parts. Cure in 340-360 F (171-182 C) oven for
2-1/2 hours. Allow assembly to cool to room temperature.
Repair 7
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-808
WARNING: USE EPOXY SOLVENT ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. DO NOT BREATHE
VAPORS OR SWALLOW SOLUTION. AVOID SKIN CONTACT. IF SKIN CONTACT
OCCURS, FLUSH EXPOSED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH MILD SOAP AND WATER.
A. Valves (150, 340, and 560, IPL Figure 601) are epoxied to diaphragms (155, 345, and 565),
respectively. If valves (150, 340, and 560) require replacement, prepare a solution of epoxy
solvent (see Table 601). Place valve assemblies (145, 335, and 555, IPL Figure 5) in solution
and soak until epoxy softens. Remove valve assemblies (145, 345, and 555).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
TT-I-735 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT,
SPARKS, AND OPEN FLAMES. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN.
B. Remove valves (150, 340, and 560) from diaphragms (155, 345, and 565). Using a stainless steel
wire brush (see Table 602), clean diaphragms (150, 340, and 555, IPL Figure 5) of all epoxy residue.
Vapor-degrease diaphragms (155, 345, and 565) and new valves (150, 340, and 560). Store parts
in a clean container until cool. When cool, wipe mating surfaces of diaphragms (155, 345, and 565)
and replacement valves (150, 340, and 560) with TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
C. Apply a thin film of epoxy (see Table 601) to bonding surfaces of diaphragms (155, 345, and 565,
IPL Figure 5) and valves (150, 340, and 560). Install valves (150, 340, and 560) on diaphragms
(155, 345, and 565) as shown in Figure 601. Set parts in place using finger pressure to seat
properly. Clean off excess epoxy. Cure in an oven at 340-360 F (171-182 C) for 2 hours. Allow
valve assemblies (145, 335, and 555, IPL Figure 5) to cool to room temperature.
Repair 8
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 8
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 8
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-809
A. The brush process of applied chemical film to Aluminum items is intended for touchup
of small areas. The process restores corrosion resistance to abraded or reworked
parts and is used when re-anodizing is impractical.
B. Mask or remove non-aluminum items assembled in aluminum part being treated unless
it is chrome-plated, nickel-plated, or made of stainless steel.
C. Using TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601), clean residue from reworked area. Clean
reworked area thoroughly with TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601).
D. Use chemical conversion coating (see Table 601) to restore corrosion resistance to aluminum
parts. See manufacturer’s instructions for proper application of solution.
Repair 9
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-810
WARNING: USE EPOXY SOLVENT ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. DO NOT BREATHE
VAPORS OR SWALLOW SOLUTION. AVOID SKIN CONTACT. IF SKIN CONTACT
OCCURS, FLUSH EXPOSED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH MILD SOAP AND WATER.
A. If spring (600, IPL Figure 6) is no longer bonded to block assembly (490), prepare a solution of
epoxy solvent (see Table 601). Place block assembly (490, IPL Figure 6) and spring (600) in
solution and soak for 12 to 14 hours. Remove block assembly (490) and spring (600) from solution.
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
TT-I-735 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL IS FLAMMABLE. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT,
SPARKS, AND OPEN FLAMES. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN.
B. Using a stainless steel wire brush (see Table 602), clean off all epoxy residue.
Vapor-degrease spring (600, IPL Figure 6) and block assembly (490). Store parts in a
clean container until cool. When cool, wipe mating surfaces of spring (600) and block
assembly (490) with TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
C. Position parts so spring (600, IPL Figure 6) is concentric with block assembly (490). Apply
epoxy (see Table 601) in a thin film on spring (600, IPL Figure 6) and block assembly (490)
surfaces to be bonded. Clean off excess epoxy. Assemble parts. Cure in 340-360 F (171-182 C)
oven for 2-1/2 hours. Allow assembly to cool to room temperature.
Repair 10
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-811
Repair 11
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-812
A. Remove ring (160, IPL Figure 3). Using a phenolic rod (see Table 602) , remove bearing
(150, IPL Figure 3) and bearing (155) from body assembly (145).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HOT PARTS.
C. Remove body assembly (145) from oven. Using a phenolic rod (see Table 602), install
bearing (150, IPL Figure 3) and bearing (155) in body assembly (145).
NOTE: Visually inspect body assembly (145) to ensure bearing (150) and bearing (155)
are properly seated against shoulders of body assembly.
CAUTION: VISUALLY INSPECT SURFACE FINISH OF BEARING (150) AND BEARING (155).
OTHER METHODS OF INSPECTION WILL SCRATCH SURFACES.
E. ID of bearing (150) and bearing (155) must be 0.5622-0.5627 inch (14,280-14,293 mm). Hone ID
of bearing (150) and bearing (155) as necessary to accept 0.5620-inch (14,275 mm) OD plug
gauge. Surface finish of bearing must be 32 AA microinches (0,8 micrometers).
NOTE: Plug gauge must have a minimum length of 2.125 inches (53,98 mm).
Repair 12
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-813
14. Lapping Procedure for Fuel Valve Rotor Shaft and Fuel Valve Shoe
CAUTION: TRYING TO LAP WEAR MARKS IN EXCESS OF 0.001 INCH (0,03 MM) DEEP
CAN RESULT IN FUEL VALVE ROTOR SHAFT (520, FIGURE 602) AND/OR
FUEL VALVE SHOE (355) BEING OUT-OF-ROUND.
A. Visually inspect fuel valve rotor shaft (520) and fuel valve shoe (355) for wear marks
(steps or grooves) in shaded areas shown in Figure 602. If wear marks are found, lap
fuel valve rotor shaft (520) and fuel valve shoe (355) as detailed in Lapping Procedure
for Fuel Valve Rotor Shaft and Fuel Valve Shoe.
NOTE: If wear marks on fuel valve rotor shaft (520) exceed 0.001 inch (0,03 mm)
deep, see Rework of Fuel Valve Rotor Shaft.
B. Apply a thin layer of valve grinding compound (see Table 601) to fuel valve shoe (355, Figure 602).
D. Join fuel valve rotor shaft (520) and fuel valve shoe (355) in their regular assembly relationship, and
position fuel valve shoe (355) just beyond the minimum flow position on fuel valve rotor shaft (520).
E. Start lapping by gradually twisting fuel valve rotor shaft (520) until fuel valve shoe (355) reaches
the maximum flow position on fuel valve rotor shaft (520). Continue lapping until fuel valve rotor
shaft (520) and fuel valve shoe (355) have at least an 8AA microinch surface finish.
F. Thoroughly clean fuel valve rotor shaft (520) and fuel valve shoe (355) with
TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601).
Repair 13
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Fuel Valve Rotor Shaft and Fuel Valve Shoe Wear Areas - Figure 602
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Repair 13
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 13
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-814
A. If shaded area (see Figure 603) of shaft (520) has wear marks in excess of 0.001 inch (0,03 mm),
rework area as necessary. Machine concentric to diameters A and B within 0.0005 inch (0,127 mm).
See Figure 603 for tolerance allowed. Surface finish shall be 8 microinches (0,25 micrometers) 4A.
C. Use item 520A, IPL Figure 4 (fuel valve rotor shaft [3594-178]) only with item
355A, IPL Figure 3 (fuel valve shoe [3473-130]).
D. If shaded area (see Figure 604) of shaft (520) still has wear marks in excess of 0.001 inch (0,03 mm),
rework area as necessary. Machine concentric to diameters A and B within 0.0005 inch (0,127 mm).
See Figure 604 for tolerance allowed. Surface finish shall be 8 microinches (0,25 micrometers).
E. Reidentify fuel valve rotor shaft (520, Figure 604) by electrochemically etching 3594-180.
Part number 3594-180 is item 520B, IPL Figure 4.
F. Use item 520B, IPL Figure 4 (fuel valve rotor shaft [3594-180]) only with item
355B, IPL Figure 3 (fuel valve shoe [3473-130]).
Repair 14
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 14
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 14
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 14
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 14
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-815
A. Remove and replace rivets on assemblies listed in Table 610 per CFMI Standard
Practices Manual, Volume 2 TASK 70-43-00 through 70-43-51.
Repair 15
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-816
A. Measure from top of housing assembly (360, Figure 605) to bottom of housing assembly (360), and
record as dimension A. Measure from top of housing assembly (360) to staking area surface, and
record as dimension B. Measure from bottom of core to bottom of housing assembly (360), and
record as dimension C. Subtract dimensions B and C from dimension A, and record as dimension
D. If dimension D is less than 0.190 inch (4,83 mm), housing assembly (360) must be scrapped.
B. Inspect depth of counterbore above spacer (395, Figure 606) in 2 places. Depth must be
within 0.010-0.030 inch (0,25-0,76 mm). If depth is not within limits, housing assembly
(360) must be remachined as detailed later in this subtask.
C. If depth measured in the previous step is on the low side of the 0.010-0.030 inch (0,25-0,76 mm)
dimension and the corner break on the 0.249-0.251 inch (6,32-6,38 mm) diameter is greater than
0.005 inch (0,13 mm), difficulty may arise meeting the inspection requirement after staking. In
these instances, housing assembly (370) should be remachined first instead of staking.
D. Clean any chips or contaminates from housing assembly (360) and immediate staking areas.
NOTE: New spacers (395) may be installed if needed as detailed later in this subtask.
(1) Install locating fixture (part of WT-125304 staking fixture) on dowel pins
of housing assembly (360).
(2) Insert staking tool body (part of WT-125304 staking fixture) (see Figure 608) into one
of the positions on locating fixture, and line up WT-125304 staking fixture to keep the
4 new staking locations away from previously staked areas.
(3) Examine staking tool head (part of WT-125304 staking fixture) for discrepancies, chips, and
contamination. WT-125304 staking fixture should produce 4 uniform spherical stake marks in
housing assembly (360). The staking pins should protrude 0.019-0.021 inch (0,48-0,53 mm)
when head of WT-125304 staking fixture is against housing assembly (360).
Repair 16
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(4) Insert head of WT-125304 staking fixture into housing of WT-125304 staking
fixture. Support housing assembly (360) adequately while applying a 3,200-3,500 lb.
(1451-1587 kg) load to head of WT-125304 staking fixture. This stakes 2 opposite
locations in housing assembly (360) (see Figure 609).
(5) Remove the load and rotate WT-125304 staking fixture (Figure 608) 90 degrees until
detents (not stake points) of WT-125304 staking fixture line up with stake marks (Figure
609) staked into housing assembly (360). Support housing assembly (360) adequately
while applying a 3,200-3,500 lb. (1451-1587 kg) load to head of WT-125304 staking
fixture. This stakes 2 remaining locations in housing assembly (360).
(6) Remove WT-125304 staking fixture from housing assembly (360). Verify that spacer (395) is
in bottom of counterbore of housing assembly (360). If spacer (395) is not flat in counterbore,
tap it gently with a small hammer and flat punch and repeat staking procedure for this area.
(7) Clean housing assembly (360), and remove any loose material from staked area.
F. Skip the next several steps for remachining of housing assembly and proceed to inspection
of housing assembly (360) for proper staking of spacer (395).
(1) Clean around area of housing assembly (360, Figure 610) to be reworked using acetone (see
Table 601) or TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see Table 601) and swab (see Table 601). Remove
any chips or contaminants from housing assembly (360, Figure 610) and area to be reworked.
(2) Mask off housing assembly (360) with masking tape (see Table 601) and
plastic bag, except area shown in Figure 610.
(3) Remove spacer (395, Figure 611) from area requiring remachining as follows:
(a) Center on 0.249-0.251 inch (6,32-6,38 mm) diameter counter bore, and machine
down to spacer (395) to remove previous stake marks.
Repair 16
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(b) Machine 3 center drill holes, 0.078 inch (1,98 mm) diameter pilot and 0.187 inch (4,75
mm) outside diameter, in a row through spacer (395), 0.072 inch (1,83 mm) on either
side of center. Be careful not to machine into housing assembly (360) below spacer
(395). Maximum depth allowed below surface B is 0.010 inch (0,25 mm).
(c) Strike spacer (395) gently with a center punch (see Table 602) at any angle to deform
spacer (395, Figure 611) enough to remove it with a suitable instrument.
(4) Remachine housing assembly (360), as shown in Figure 611. Center on existing diameter.
(5) Remove any loose burrs or raised material in machined areas. Damage to surfaces
from previous staking operations and from spacer (395) removal holes, maximum
0.010 inch (0,25 mm) depth below surface B is allowed.
(6) Coat machined areas as detailed in CFMI Standard Practices Manual section 70-62-12,
70-62-13, and 70-62-14. Remove masking tape and plastic bag from housing assembly (360).
(7) Install new spacer (395) into remachined counterbore. Be sure that spacer (395) is flat in bottom
of counterbore. Tap spacer (395) gently with a small hammer and a flat punch if necessary.
(1) Examine WT-125305 width gage. The blade end of WT-125305 width gage
should be 0.2418-0.2420 inch (6,142-6,147 mm) diameter and have a 0.001
inch (0,02 mm) maximum corner break.
(2) Insert WT-125305 width gage in shaded area as shown. Hold WT-125305 width gage
flat against spacer (395), and try to rotate it clockwise and counterclockwise past the
newly staked locations without forcing WT-125305 width gage.
(3) If WT-125305 width gage cannot be rotated past any of the newly staked areas,
the staking operation is acceptable. Skip the next step.
(4) If WT-125305 width gage can be rotated past any of the newly staked areas, perform
applicable operations in Staked Insert Replacement again.
(5) Remark housing assembly (360, Figure 612). Mark /E after current revision letter.
Repair 16
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 16
Page 6019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-817
A. If shaded area (see Figure 613) of plate assembly (225, IPL Figure 1) has nicks, scratches, or
burrs, surface requires repair. Remove all plugs, threaded inserts, orifices, valves, and pins. Rework
surface per Figure 613. Re-anodize per CFMI Standard Practices Manual 70-62-12 (TP.SP.2).
Install inserts and pins. Clean per CLEANING section. Install plugs, orifices, and valves.
Repair 17
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 17
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 17
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-818
A. If shaded area (see Figure 614) of body assembly (425, IPL Figure 1) has nicks, scratches,
or burrs, surface requires repair. Remove all plugs, threaded inserts, and orifices. Rework
surface per Figure 614. Re-anodize per CFMI Standard Practices Manual 70-62-12 (TP.SP.2).
Install inserts. Clean per CLEANING section. Install plugs, and orifices.
B. If shaded area (see Figure 615) of body assembly (425, IPL Figure 1) has nicks, scratches,
or burrs, surface requires repair. Remove all plugs, threaded inserts, and orifices. Rework
surface per Figure 615. Re-anodize per CFMI Standard Practices Manual 70-62-12 (TP.SP.2).
Install inserts. Clean per CLEANING section. Install plugs, and orifices.
C. If shaded area (see Figure 616) of body assembly (425, IPL Figure 1) has nicks, scratches,
or burrs, surface requires repair. Remove all plugs, threaded inserts, and orifices. Rework
surface per Figure 616. Re-anodize per CFMI Standard Practices Manual 70-62-12 (TP.SP.2).
Install inserts. Clean per CLEANING section. Install plugs, and orifices.
Repair 18
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 18
Page 6007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-819
A. If shaded area (see Figure 617) of body assembly (360 or 370, IPL Figure 1) has nicks,
scratches, or burrs, surface requires repair. Remove all plugs, threaded inserts, and orifices.
Rework surface per Figure 617. Re-anodize per CFMI Standard Practices Manual 70-62-12
(TP.SP.2). Install inserts. Clean per CLEANING section. Install plugs, and orifices.
Repair 19
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 19
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Repair 19
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-820
A. Use thread size of mating part to determine thread size for tapped holes. See IPL for thread size.
CAUTION: Do not allow metal chips from thread cutting process to contaminate component.
Repair 20
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-350-821
NOTE: This section is only applicable if a tapped hole is found to contain an oversize insert (see
Insert Type Check in Tanged Threaded Insert Replacement procedure).
NOTE: Tapped holes machined for oversize threaded inserts are typically identified with an H. This mark
appears on a surface close to the hole or, if room is not available, next to the item serial number.
B. Use applicable extraction tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert Removal and Installation
Tools Table) to remove damaged threaded inserts.
Oversize Insert Thread Size Removal Tool Tang Break-Off Tool Installation Tool
Part Number
219339 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
1141-106 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-122 1/4(0.250)-28 1227-6 3695-4 7552-4
1141-124 5/16(0.312)-24 1227-6 3692-5 7552-5
1141-174 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-800 4(0.112)-40 1227-06 3695-04 7551-04
1141-804 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
1141-806 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-820 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
1141-822 1/4(0.250)-28 1227-6 3695-4 7552-4
1141-836 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
1141-864 6(0.138)-32 1227-06 3695-06 7551-06
1141-866 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-868 8(0.164)-32 1227-06 3695-2 7551-2
1141-870 8(0.164)-36 1227-06 3695-2 7552-2
1141-872 10(0.190)-32 1227-6 3695-3 7552-3
1141-880 2(0.086)-56 1227-02 3695-02 7551-02
1141-892 3/8(0.375)-24 1227-6 3692-6 7552-6
C. Inspect the threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of over-tightening,
cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage is apparent
in the area where the insert is seated.
Repair 21
Page 6001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
D. Deburr threads, manually thread GH-8 tap (see Repair Tools Table) of the correct thread
size into threaded hole, clean part (see CLEANING), and do Anodized Aluminum Repair
(see REPAIR), if necessary, to correct minor damage.
NOTE: The tap must be turned into the threaded hole with no greater torque than
that which may be applied with two fingers.
E. Discard and replace part if threads show more than minor damage, repair is not possible.
NOTE: Minor damage is damage that has no effect on the function of the thread.
(2) Use gages in Oversize Insert Thread Gage Table to make sure that an oversize insert was used.
NOTE: The NOT GO (HI) functional diameter is satisfactory when the NOT
GO (HI) thread plug gage applied to the unit internal thread does not
go in more than three complete turns.
Repair 21
Page 6002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Use applicable insertion tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert Removal and Installation Tools
Table) and engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel. Install threaded insert.
(4) Do this step for countersunk holes. Align insert with hole and turn mandrel until top
of threaded insert is 3/4 to 1-1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
(5) Do this step for holes without countersink. Install insert 1/4 to 1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when
the insert is installed in the part make sure that both ends are in the
threaded portion of the threaded hole.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO RECOVER LOOSE INSERT DRIVE TANGS MAY DAMAGE THE UNIT.
(6) Remove insertion tool from insert. Use tang break-off tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert
Removal and Installation Tools Table) to break off drive tang. Remove and discard tang.
G. Use applicable extraction tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert Removal and Installation
Tools Table) to remove damaged threaded inserts.
H. Inspect the threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of over-tightening,
cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage is apparent
in the area where the insert is seated.
I. Thread GH-1 tap (see Repair Tools Table) of the correct thread size manually into threaded
hole, clean part (see CLEANING), and do Anodized Aluminum Repair (see REPAIR) to
cut through previous staking damage (see Repair of Threads).
NOTE: The tap must be turned into the threaded hole with no greater torque than
that which may be applied with two fingers.
Repair 21
Page 6003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
J. Inspect the re-tapped threaded hole for damage. Examine threads for indication of
over-tightening, cross threading, or mutilation (see CHECK). Reject parts if damage
is apparent in the area where the insert is seated.
K. Discard and replace part if threads show more than minor damage, repair is not possible.
NOTE: Minor damage is damage that has no effect on the function of the thread.
(2) Use gages in Oversize Insert Thread Gage Table to make sure that an oversize insert was used.
NOTE: The NOT GO (HI) functional diameter is satisfactory when the NOT
GO (HI) thread plug gage applied to the unit internal thread does not
go in more than three complete turns.
L. Use applicable insertion tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert Removal and Installation Tools
Table) and engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel.
M. Do this step for countersunk holes. Align insert with hole and turn mandrel until top of
threaded insert is 3/4 to 1-1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when the insert is installed in
the part make sure that both ends are in the threaded portion of the threaded hole.
N. Do this step for holes without countersink. Install insert 1/4 to 1/2 turns below surface of part.
NOTE: If the thickness of the part does not allow these parameters, when the insert is installed in
the part make sure that both ends are in the threaded portion of the threaded hole.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO RECOVER LOOSE INSERT DRIVE TANGS MAY DAMAGE THE UNIT.
O. Remove insertion tool from insert. Use tang break-off tool (see Oversize Threaded Insert Removal
and Installation Tools Table) to break off drive tang. Remove and discard tang.
P. Stake both ends when the part has a threaded hole through the part, and the insert
could be turned out with the installed screw.
NOTE: A threaded hole into a feature (hole, slot, etc.) need only be staked at the
external surface from which insert was installed.
Repair 21
Page 6004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Q. Stake approximately 30 degrees from the ends of the insert. The force required must be
enough to upset the metal and retain the insert but not fracture the thread.
NOTE: New staking location must be different than the previous location(s).
R. Visually inspect the staked areas to determine if metal has been upset. Make sure that the
thread has not been fractured. Remove any burrs before assembly.
Repair 21
Page 6005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 6006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
TASK 73-21-78-99C-701
1. General.
A. More than one configuration of the Hydromechanical Unit (HMU) is covered in ASSEMBLY.
Steps that are different for a configuration will be designated by model number. If no
model number is listed for a step, the step applies to all models. Classes are assigned
to model numbers as listed below for IPL references.
8061-531 - CLASS A
8061-532 - CLASS B
8061-533 - CLASS C
8061-534 - CLASS D
8061-535 - CLASS E
8061-536 - CLASS F
B. Materials required for assembly of the HMU are listed in Table 701. Tools used during assembly
are listed in Table 702. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items listed in table, except
for those items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent substitutes must be compatible with
all the part materials and do the same function as the items identified in the table for the
alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an equivalent substitute.
The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Acetone Commercially Available
Fed. Spec O-A-51
Calibrating Fluid Commercially Available
MIL-PRF-7024, Type II*
CO2 Commercially Available
Fed. Spec BB-C-104 or
BB-C-101, Grade B
Corrosion Preventative Compound Commercially Available
CRC-3-36*
Dry Lubricant Dow Corning Corporation
Molykote Type G-n* 3901 S. Saginaw Road
P.O. Box 997
Midland, MI 48610
Electrical Tape Commercially Available
Engine Lubrication Oil Royal Lubricants Company
Aeroshell/Royco* P.O. Box 518
River Road
East Hanover, NJ 07936
Page 7001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Engine Lubricating Oil Exxon Company, USA
Exxon Turbo 2380* P.O. Box 2180
800 Bell Avenue
Houston, TX 77001
Engine Lubricating Oil Mobile Oil Corporation
Mobile Jet Oil II* Paulsboro Refineries
Billingsport Road
Paulsboro, NY 08066
Isopropyl Alcohol Commercially Available
Fed. Spec TT-I-735
Petrolatum Commercially Available
Fed. Spec VV-P-236
Preservation Fluid Commercially Available
MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010
Safety Cable Kit Woodward, Inc.
0.020 inch (0,51 mm) 5001 North Second Street
P/N 2013-120 or AS3510 P.O. Box 7001
(refer to AS4536) Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Safety Cable Kit Woodward, Inc.
0.032 inch (0,81 mm) 5001 North Second Street
P/N 2013-130 or AS3510 P.O. Box 7001
(refer to AS4536) Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Safety Cable Seal Woodward, Inc.
P/N 1176-504 5001 North Second Street
P.O. Box 7001
Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Safety Wire Woodward, Inc.
0.020 inch (0,51 mm) 5001 North Second Street
P/N 219320 or MS20995C20 P.O. Box 7001
Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Safety Wire Woodward, Inc.
0.025 inch (0,64 mm) 5001 North Second Street
P/N 189948 or AS5685 P.O. Box 7001
(refer to AS567) Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Safety Wire Seal Woodward, Inc.
P/N 218006 5001 North Second Street
P.O. Box 7001
Rockford, IL 61125-7001
Slave Packing Parker-Hannifin Corp.
182618 Seal Group O-Ring Division
182560 2360 Palumbo Drive
182662 Lexington, KY 40512
Page 7002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
Slave Screws Commercially Available
0.190-32 Thread
0.250-28 Thread
0.250-32 Thread
1.250 inch (31,75 mm) Length
Solvent Commercially Available
Stoddard Solvent
MIL-PRF-680, Type I
Tamper Proof Sealant Organic Products Company
F-900 P.O. Box 428
Irving, TX 75060-4555
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Description Source
#2 Arbor Press Commercially Available
Crimping Tool Tyton Corp.
Tyton, Mark V 7930 North Faulkner
Milwaukee, WI 53223
Depth Flange Micrometer Commercially Available
1-3 inch (25,4-76,2 mm)
Depth Micrometer Commercially Available
1-3 inch (25,4-76,2 mm)
Filter Commercially Available
10-Micron
Flowmeter Commercially Available
0-200 PPH (0-90,8 KGH)
Accuracy ±0.5% of Reading
Flowmeter Commercially Available
0-5,000 PPH (0-2268 KGH)
Accuracy ±0.5% of Reading
Force Gauge Commercially Available
Resolution 0.2 lb. (0.091 kg) minimum
Accuracy ±0.4 lb. (0.181 kg)
Heat Gun Commercially Available
High Precision Multimeter Commercially Available
High Pressure Air Supply Commercially Available
0-50 PSIG (0-350 kPa)
Page 7003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Description Source
High Resistance Meter Hewlett Packard
4329A 275 North Corporate Drive
Brookfield, WI 53005
Insertion/Extraction Tool Pyle National Company
M81969-14-02 Division of Branol Rex
1334 North Kostner Avenue
Chicago, IL 60651-1605
Micrometer Commercially Available
0-1 inch (0-25,4 mm)
Ohmmeter Commercially Available
Phenolic Rod Commercially Available
0.375 inch (9,53 mm) OD
0.627 inch (15,93 mm) OD
0.750 inch (19,05 mm) Large OD
0.863 inch (21,92 mm) OD
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-50 PSID (0-344 kPa)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Full Scale
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-200 PSID (0-1379 kPa)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Full Scale
Pressure Gauge Commercially Available
0-1,000 PSIG (0-6895 kPa)
Accuracy ± 0.5% of Full Scale
Pressure Regulator Commercially Available
0-1,000 PSIG (0-6895 kPa)
Spring Checker Commercially Available
Thermal Wire Stripper Commercially Available
Voltage Source Commercially Available
250-500 Vdc
C. Fuel lubricates all moving parts of the HMU during operation. Surfaces receiving dry lubricant
(see Table 701) must be dry and free from grease, dirt, oil, fingerprints, and foreign material.
At the time of assembly, coat threads of all threaded fasteners with dry lubricant (see Table
701). Lubricate all preformed packings and seals by applying a light coating of VV-P-236
petrolatum (see Table 701). Clean as specified (see CLEANING).
D. Torque requirements for threaded fasteners are given in FITS AND CLEARANCES, Table 802.
Run-on torque is that which is required to turn a self locking fastener after it has been turned at least 2
turns past the locking portion. Seating torque is also given in the text immediately following the name
and callout of the part. All torque values are given in pound inches (lb. in.) and Newton-meters (N.m).
Page 7004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
E. WT-52285 assembly tool, WT-52287 assembly tool, WT-52288 assembly tool, WT-52289 assembly
tool, WT-54141 assembly tool, WT-56086 assembly tool, WT-56090 assembly tool, and WT-57300
assembly tool are torque wrench adapters to be used as required when seating socket head screws.
F. To reduce the possibility of contaminating the HMU, trim bare wires even with the
insulation prior to pulling wires through pilot valve body.
G. Backlash is the amount of clearance between the pitch diameters of a driving gear and a
driven gear. To check backlash during assembly, hold the driven gear stationary and check
the amount of movement of the driving gear using a dial indicator.
H. Laminated shim have laminations in approximately 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) increments.
Laminated shim which have one rounded side should be peeled from that side. If more than
one shim is used in a given area, peel shims to equal thickness before installing. If additional
shimming is required at assembly, and total shimming required is less than the thickness of
a new shim, discard old shim and peel new shim to required thickness.
I. Matched assemblies and matched pairs are listed in Table 703 by ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
figure and item number. Matched parts of matched assemblies and matched pairs must be
kept together during assembly and shall not be replaced individually. If a matched part needs
to be replaced, the matched assembly or matched pair must be replaced.
Page 7005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
J. MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Calibrating fluid for all component tests shall be at 65-85 F
(18,3-29,4 C) and shall be filtered to 10 microns.
K. After assembly, check to see that pistons and plungers move freely in their sleeves. There should
be no sticking, binding, or evidence of grit in movement of piston or plunger in its sleeve. If piston or
plunger does not move freely, clean piston or plunger and sleeve (see CLEANING section).
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING COLD PARTS.
L. Some parts, such as assembled sleeves with packings and seals, must be frozen to
permit installation. Place assembled part in applicable freeze bushing and cold soak in
BB-C-104 or BB-C-101, Grade B CO2 (see Table 701) until frozen. Using an arbor press
(see Table 702), remove part from freeze bushing and install.
M. Check all castings and parts with installed threaded inserts for unremoved tangs
or broken-off tangs remaining in holes.
Page 7006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
N. Test procedures in this section cover all preliminary and component tests to be
made before completing assembly of the HMU.
NOTE: All pressures given in units of pounds per square inch (kilopascals) are gauge
pressures (pressures above atmospheric pressures).
O. Be sure all retaining rings are properly seated in their grooves after assembly. Install all snap
rings with their sharp edges facing outward unless otherwise specified.
P. Parts designated "Package, label, and send with HMU to test" should be packaged
together and sent with the assembled HMU.
Q. Check all lower races of three piece thrust bearings for complete seating in counterbores.
Page 7007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-801
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-001
(1) Install 2 legs of WT-114283 assembly tool and 4 legs of WT-114284 assembly
tool on body assembly (5, Figure 701).
(2) Install sleeve (15) in body assembly (5), and ensure that sleeve (15) is seated.
Install spring (10) in sleeve (15). Install screen (20) and retainer (25), large OD
facing out, in body assembly (5), and secure with ring (30).
(3) Install packing (35) on plug (40). Install assembled plug (40) through IDG port and into
bore of housing assembly (5). Torque plug (40) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
Page 7009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-002
(1) Install screw (65, Figure 702) and screw (70) in body assembly (75) and set
to a height of 0.430-0.470 inch (10,92-11,94 mm), as shown. Run-on torque
screws (65 and 70) 1.5-9.0 lb. in. (0,17-1,02 N.m).
(2) Install screw (5) in block assembly (10), screw (25) in block assembly (30), and
screw (45) in block assembly (50), until screws (5, 25, and 45) are flush with other
side of their respective block assemblies (10, 30, and 50).
(3) Install block assembly (10) on body assembly (75) and secure with 2 washers (20) and 2
screws (15). Install block assembly (30) on body assembly (75) and secure with 2 washers
(40) and 2 screws (35). Install block assembly (50) on body assembly (75) and secure with 2
washers (60) and 2 screws (55). Torque screws (15, 35, and 55) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
NOTE: Secure block assemblies (10, 30, and 50) so that they are as level as possible.
(4) Using WT-68855 assembly tool, install packing (85) on plug (80), and install assembled plug
(80) in housing assembly (75). Torque plug (80) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
(5) Using WT-68855 assembly tool, install packing (90) on plug (95), and install assembled plug
(95) in Pz port of body assembly (75). Torque plug (40) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
Page 7012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-003
(1) Install bracket (10, Figure 703) in body assembly (15) and seat with 3 screws (5).
Torque 3 screws (5) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,96 N.m).
Page 7015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-004
(2) Install extension assembly (10) on body assembly (25) and secure with 4
washers (15) and 4 screws (20). Using WT-114429 assembly tool, torque 4
screws (20) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,95 N.m).
Page 7018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-006
(1) Install sleeve (25, Figure 705) and plug (5) in Pc bore of body assembly (45).
Measure from surface X to top of plug (5), and record as dimension A. Subtract
0.002 inch (0,05 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B. Adjust shim
(15) to dimension B, plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(2) Remove plug (5) and sleeve (25) from body assembly (45).
(3) Install packing (65) on seat (60). Install assembled seat (60) in Pc bore until seat
(60) bottoms in bore, then back out 3-1/2 turns.
(4) Install Pc spring assembly (40) in body assembly (45) with seat of Pc
spring assembly (40) facing out.
NOTE: Pc spring assembly (40) is similar to spring assembly (42, Figure 706).
Be sure that the correct one is installed.
(5) Install 5 packings (30, Figure 705) on sleeve (25), and install sleeve (25) in body assembly (45).
(6) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum on spacer (35), and install on small OD of plunger
(20). Install plunger (20) and spacer (35) in sleeve (25).
(7) Install adjusted shim (15). Install packing (10) on plug (5), and install
plug (5) in body assembly (45).
(8) Install sleeve (25, Figure 706) and plug (5) in Pcr bore of body assembly (45).
Measure from surface X to top of plug (5), and record as dimension A. Subtract
0.002 inch (0,05 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B. Adjust shim
(15) to dimension B, plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(9) Remove plug (5) and sleeve (25) from body assembly (45).
(10) Install packing (50) on seat (55). Install assembled seat (55) in Pcr bore until
seat (55) bottoms in bore, then back out 3-1/2 turns.
Page 7021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(11) Install Pcr spring assembly (42) in body assembly (45) with seat of Pcr
spring assembly (42) facing out.
NOTE: Pcr spring assembly (42) is similar to spring assembly (40, Figure 705).
Be sure that the correct one is installed.
(12) Install 5 packings (30, Figure 706) on sleeve (25), and install sleeve (25) in body assembly (45).
(13) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum on spacer (35), and install on small OD of plunger
(20). Install plunger (20) and spacer (35) in sleeve (25).
(14) Install adjusted shim (15). Install packing (10) on plug (5), and install
plug (5) in body assembly (45).
(15) Using WT-139832 assembly tool, install clamp (50, Figure 705) and secure
with 2 screws (55). Remove WT-139832 assembly tool and install remaining
screw (55). Torque 3 screws (55) 19-22 lb. in.
Page 7022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7026
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-007
(1) Install plunger (30, Figure 707) in sleeve (20). Using WT-55914 assembly tool, press
bushing (35) in sleeve (20) and secure with ring (40).
(2) Install sleeve (20), spacer (15), sleeve (10), and guide (5) in body assembly (45).
(3) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from top of guide (5, Figure
707) to top of body assembly (45) and record as dimension A.
(4) Measure to bottom of governor bore (has threaded hole in center) in plate assembly (50) and
record as dimension B. Subtract dimension A from dimension B and record as dimension C.
Subtract 0.054 inch (1,37 mm) from dimension C and record as dimension D.
(5) Adjust shim (55, Figure 709) to equal dimension D plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(6) Remove guide (5, Figure 707), sleeve (10), spacer (15), and sleeve (20).
(7) Install 7 packings (25) on sleeve (20). Using WT-116740 assembly tool,
install sleeve (20) in body assembly (45).
(8) Using two 0.250-32 thread, 1.250 inch (31,75 mm) long slave screws (see Table
701) and 2 washers (part of WT-114254 assembly tool), install WT-114254
assembly tool in body assembly (25, Figure 708). Tighten screws evenly, then
torque 2 slave screws 12-15 lb. in. (1,36-1,62 N.m).
(9) Install WT-83297 adapter and WT-112430 plug in differential pressure pilot valve bore of
body assembly (25). Connect WT-114453 test fixture to WT-83297 adapter.
(10) Invert body assembly (25). Install pin (15) in plunger (20). Install retainer (10) over plunger
(20) and pin (15) and secure with nut (5). Torque nut (5) 10-14 lb. in. (1,13-1,58 N.m).
(11) Adjust screw A (part of WT-114254 assembly tool) until lowest reading on
WT-114453 test fixture is obtained.
(12) Measure from surface of body assembly (25) to carbide surface of retainer (10) and record as
dimension A to be used in Assembly of Overspeed Governor Ballhead Assembly procedure.
(13) Invert body assembly (25) and remove WT-114453 test fixture, WT-112430 plug, and
WT-83297 adapter from body assembly (25). Remove WT-114254 assembly tool.
(14) Install washer (60, Figure 709), adjusted shim (55), and spacer (50) in body assembly (65).
Place packing (45) on sleeve (40) and install sleeve (40) in body assembly (65).
Page 7027
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(15) Install bushing (35) and bearing (30) (small ID race first) on end of
plunger assembly (30, Figure 707).
NOTE: Determine/verify ID of both races of bearing (30). Small ID race is 0.2530 inch (6,43
mm) maximum, and large ID race is 0.2610 inch (6,63 mm) minimum.
(16) Insert screw (25 or 25A, Figure 709) through seat (20) and spring (15), and thread into
seat (10 or 10A). Run-on torque screw (25 or 25A) 2-9 lb. in. (0,23-1,02 N.m).
NOTE: WT-143248 assembly tool may be used to hold seat (10 or 10A)
while screw (25 or 25A) is installed.
NOTE: Be sure that tang on seat (10 or 10A, Figure 709) engages relief in sleeve (40).
CAUTION: Guide (5), assembled seat (20), and bearing (30) may fall from body
assembly (65) when body assembly (65) is inverted.
Page 7028
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7029
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7030
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7031
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7032
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7033
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7034
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-008
(1) Install plunger (20, Figure 710) in sleeve (15). Using WT-55914 assembly tool, press
bushing (25) in sleeve (15) and secure with ring (30).
(2) Install sleeve (15) and sleeve (5) in body assembly (35).
(3) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from surface of body assembly
(35, Figure 710) to top of sleeve (5) and record as dimension A.
(4) Measure thickness of largest OD on plug (40), as shown, and record as dimension B.
(5) Subtract dimension B from dimension A and record as dimension C. Subtract 0.054
inch (1,37 mm) from dimension C and record as dimension D. Adjust shim (10)
to dimension D plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(6) Remove sleeve (5) and sleeve (15) from body assembly (35).
(7) Install washer (45, Figure 711) and adjusted shim (40) in body assembly (55). Install 6 packings
(50) on sleeve (35). Using WT-116740 assembly tool, install sleeve (35) in body assembly (55).
(8) Install packing (25) on sleeve (20). Install sleeve (20) in body assembly (55).
(9) Position bearing (15) (small ID race first) and balls on plunger (30). Install large
ID race of bearing (15) in seat (10), and secure with VV-P-236 petrolatum. Install
seat (10) and spring (5) on end of plunger (30).
NOTE: Determine/verify ID of both races of bearing (15). Small ID race is 0.1251 inch
(3,178 mm) maximum, and large ID race is 0.127 inch (3,23 mm) minimum.
(10) Install packing (10, Figure 712) in plug (5). Install packing (15) on plug (5).
(11) Apply dry lubricant (see Table 701) on threads of screw (20, Figure 712). Turn screw (20)
counterclockwise in plug (5) until it bottoms out, then turn clockwise 3 turns.
(12) Apply dry lubricant to threads of screw (25, Figure 712). Install screw (25) in screw (20)
ensuring screw (20) does not rotate. Adjust screw (25) until gap between screw (25) and
plug (5) is 0.085-0.095 inch (2,16-2,41 mm) as shown in Figure 712.
(13) Without using any lubricant or petrolatum, install seat (40) in sleeve (35). Install
sleeve (35) in sleeve (30). Install sleeve (30) in screw (25).
Page 7035
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(14) Install ring (45) over splines of seat (40) and screw (25) and align slot on ring (45) to
engage tang on plug (5). Install assembled plug (5) in body assembly (50).
NOTE: Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) between the serrations on seat (40)
and ring (45) and between face of ring (45) and plug (5) to prevent assembly
from becoming disengaged when installing in body (50).
NOTE: Rotate HMU body assembly (50) to install assembled plug (5) into
body assembly (50) horizontally so that seat (40) does not fall out of
position/engagement with assembled plug (5).
(15) Install slave packing (25, Figure 713). Install plug (part of WT-114263 assembly tool, Figure
713), in bore A of body assembly (5). Secure sleeve (15, Figure 710), located in bore B (Figure
713) with plate of WT-129011 assembly tool using 3 screws (part of WT-129011 assembly tool).
(16) Install one slave packing (25) in P4 port, and install one slave packing (30) in P1
Port. Install WT-129531 test tool on body assembly (5), and secure using 2 screws
(part of WT-129531 test tool) and WT-114284 assembly tool. Connect regulated
air supply (part of WT-114453 test fixture) to P1 port of WT-129531 test tool and
null supply (part of WT-114453 test fixture) to P4 port.
(17) Increase regulated air supply (see Table 702) until lowest reading (null) on WT-114453
test fixture is obtained and record reading. Increase regulated air supply (see Table
702) above null, then decrease until null is again reached and record reading on
WT-114453 test fixture. Average 2 WT-114453 test fixture readings.
(18) Adjust screw (10, Figure 713) until average null occurs at 36 ±1 PSIG (248 ± 7 kPa). If 36 ±1
PSIG (248 ± 7 kPa) cannot be reached, adjust screw (20) to increase gap between screw (20)
and plug (15). Increasing gap 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) will give a 1 PSI (7 kPa) increase.
NOTE: Turning screw (10) counterclockwise lowers null setting. One turn is
equal to approximately 12 PSI (83 kPa).
NOTE: If screw (10) is adjusted more than 12 PSI (82,7 kPa) to reach a null average of 36
PSIG (248 kPa), then remove assembled plug (15). Readjust screw (10) in plug
(15) to needed length and then readjust gap between screw (20) and screw (10) to
0.085-0.095 inch (21,60-24,10 mm). Reinstall plug (15) and recheck null reading.
(19) Remove regulated air supply (part of WT-114453 test fixture) from P1 port
(Figure 713) and from P4 port. Remove WT-114284 assembly tool, and remove
WT-129531 test tool. Install WT-114284 assembly tool. Remove slave packing (25)
from P1 port and slave packing (30) from P4 port.
(20) Install piston (20, Figure 714) (small OD first) on plunger (30). Install spring
(15) and sleeve (10) over plunger (30) and secure with pin (25), in cutout in
sleeve (10), using WT-115624 assembly tool.
(21) Invert body assembly (5) and remove WT-129011 assembly tool (Figure 713) and slave
packing (25). Remove WT-114263 assembly tool, using WT-63536-12 assembly tool.
Page 7036
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7037
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7038
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7039
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7040
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7041
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7042
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7043
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7044
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7045
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7046
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-009
(1) Install sleeve (10, Figure 715) into FMV bore of body assembly (15). Install sleeve
assembly (20) and sleeve (25) into FMV bore of body assembly (15).
(2) Measure from surface X of body assembly (15) to top of sleeve (25), and record
as dimension A. Adjust shim (30) to dimension A minus 0.054 inch (1,37 mm)
plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(3) Remove sleeve (25), sleeve (20), and sleeve (10) from body assembly (15).
(4) Install 4 packings (5) on sleeve (10). Install sleeve (10) into FMV bore of body assembly (15)
with pin slot of sleeve (10) aligned with pin hole in FMV bore of body assembly (15). Invert HMU.
(5) Install plunger (15, Figure 716) (pin end last) in sleeve (20). Install spring (5) over sleeve (20).
(6) Install clamp assembly (25), washer (30), and plate (35) over spring (5). Place bearing
(40) on sleeve (20), over washer (30) and plate (35).
(7) Compress spring (5) by gently pressing bearing (40) until the top of bearing (40) clears
groove of sleeve (20). While holding bearing (40) in this position, install 2 retainers (10) (with
small OD down into bearing [40]) in groove of sleeve (20). Release tension from spring (5).
(8) Install spring assembly (45) on end of plunger (15) with seat end of
spring assembly (45) facing up.
(9) Align slots in base of gear (50) with pin in end of plunger (15), coat gear (50) with
corrosion preventative compound (see Table 701), and install gear (50, Figure 716)
on plunger (15). Align screw holes in clamp assembly (25), washer (30), and gear
(50), and install 3 screws (55). Using WT-53918 assembly tool, hold gear (50)
and torque 3 screws (55) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
(10) Invert body assembly (40, Figure 717). Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum on end of pin (5), and
install pin (5) through slot in sleeve (10, Figure 715) and into locating hole in body assembly
(40, Figure 717). Install bearing (25) (small ID first) on end of plunger (30). Install large ID
race of bearing (25) in block assembly (30), and secure with VV-P-236 petrolatum.
NOTE: Determine/verify ID of both races of bearing (25). Small ID race is 0.1251 inch
(3,178 mm) maximum, and large ID race is 0.127 inch (3,23 mm) minimum.
NOTE: Be sure that plunger (30) is seated properly, with pin of plunger (30)
in slot of gear (50, Figure 716).
Page 7047
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
NOTE: Be sure that block assembly (35) is sitting squarely on bearing (25) and
with small bearing away from torque motor (45) face.
(12) Install packing (10) in groove of piston (80). Install plate (65) and piston (80) into sleeve
assembly (75). Thread screw (55) into sleeve assembly (75), and turn screw (55) until it
contacts plate (65). Run-on torque screw (55) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(13) Install sleeve assembly (75) into body assembly (40) so that narrow slot in sleeve
assembly (75) fits over pin (5) in body assembly (40). Install washer (15) and
shim (20), adjusted earlier, into body assembly (40).
(14) Install packing (60) into ID groove of sleeve (70), and install packing (50) onto OD
groove of sleeve (70). Install sleeve (70) into body assembly (40).
(15) Install packings (85 and 90) on body assembly (40). Pull wires on motor (45) through
elongated hole in body assembly (40). Identify wires of motor (45) by wrapping with
electrical tape (see Table 701) and marking FMV (as shown in Figure 717).
NOTE: A light coat of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) may be used to ease
installation of motor (45, Figure 717) wires.
(16) Carefully install motor (45) on body assembly (40), ensuring that motor rod fits properly in
block assembly (35). Secure motor (45) with 4 washers (95) and 4 screws (100). Tighten 4
screws (100) enough to secure motor (45) but loose enough so that motor can be adjusted.
(17) Secure WT-129175 assembly tool across sleeve (70, Figure 717) in
order to hold sleeve (70) in place.
(18) Plug small port next to servo bore of body assembly (5, Figure 718). Install WT-62642
test fixture in Pz port of body assembly (5). Connect null air supply of WT-114453
test fixture to WT-62642 test fixture, and turn on air supply.
(19) Manually adjust vertical position of motor (15), by sliding it toward screw (20) until
lowest reading on WT-114453 test fixture is obtained.
(20) Vertically center motor (15). Tighten 4 screws (25), but do not torque at this
time. Tighten screw (20) and screw (30) until they are snug against motor (15).
Torque 4 screws (25) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
(21) Remove WT-114453 test fixture from WT-62642 test fixture, and remove WT-62642 test
fixture from Pz port of body assembly (5, Figure 718). Remove WT-129175 assembly tool.
Page 7048
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7049
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7050
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7052
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Installation of Fuel Metering Pilot Valve Assembly Torque Motor - Figure 717
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7053
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7054
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Fuel Metering Pilot Valve Assembly Torque Motor Adjustment - Figure 718
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7055
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7056
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-010
(1) Install sleeve (20, Figure 719) into body assembly (30). Install stop (35) (raised
surface up to allow to sit flush in sleeve [20]) in body assembly (30). Install
plug assembly (40) in body assembly (30).
(2) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from top surface of body assembly
(30, Figure 719) to top of plug assembly (40), and record as dimension A. Subtract
0.054 inch (1,37 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B.
(3) Adjust shim (45) to dimension B plus or minus 0.001 inch (0.03 mm) for use later.
(4) Remove plug assembly (40), stop (35), and sleeve (20) from body assembly (30).
(5) Install 7 packings (25) on sleeve (20). Using WT-114479 assembly tool, freeze sleeve
(20) in BB-C-104 or BB-C-101, Grade B CO2 (see Table 701). Using a 0.750 inch
(19,05 mm) phenolic rod (see Table 702), remove sleeve from WT-114479 assembly
tool. Install sleeve (20, Figure 719) in body assembly (30).
(6) Install gear (10) and screw (5) on end of plunger (15). Do not torque screw
(5) at this time. Invert body assembly (30).
(7) Install plunger (15) in sleeve (20). While holding gear (10) with WT-53918 assembly
tool, torque screw (5) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,96 N.m). Install WT-114253 assembly tool
or WT-143409 assembly tool. Invert body assembly (30).
(8) Install shim (45, Figure 720), adjusted earlier, washer (50), and stop (55) (raised surface
down) on end of sleeve (25) (installed in body assembly [5]).
(9) Install plunger assembly (20) in end of sleeve (25). Position open end of plunger
assembly (20) to face torque motor rod opening in body assembly (5). Install
spring (35) on end of plunger assembly (20).
(10) Install screw (60) in plug assembly (30). Run-on torque screw (60) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(11) Install packing (40, Figure 720) on seat (15), and install assembled seat (15),
chamfered side out, into plug assembly (30).
NOTE: Fluorosilicone (blue) packings applied in location (40, Figure 720) must be treated in
a 10 to 1 mixture of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) and MIL-PRF-7024, Type
II calibrating fluid (see Table 701) for at least 12 hours before installation.
Viton (black) packings applied in location (40, Figure 720) do not require pretreatment.
Page 7057
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Install packing (10) on plug assembly (30), and install assembled plug
assembly (30) into body assembly (5).
NOTE: When installing plug assembly (30), be sure that slotted end is positioned
over bearing on plunger assembly (20).
(13) Install packing (35, Figure 721) and packing (40) on body assembly (5). Install
pin (45) into body assembly (5) through torque motor rod opening and through
round opening of plug assembly (50).
(14) Install WT-128014 assembly tool on body assembly (5). Rod of WT-128014 assembly tool
must engage open end of plunger assembly (30). Fasten WT-128014 assembly tool to
body assembly (5) using 4 washers (20) and 4 screws (25) while loading WT-128014
assembly tool against screw (15). Tighten 4 screws (25), but do not torque.
(15) Remove one WT-114283 assembly tool. Install packing (part of WT-129175 assembly tool) to
form seal between WT-129175 assembly tool and port A of body assembly (5). Using screw
(part of WT-129175 assembly tool), install WT-129175 assembly tool on body assembly (5) and
connect null air supply of WT-114453 test fixture to WT-129175 assembly tool, and turn on air.
NOTE: An additional purpose of WT-129175 assembly tool is to clamp down valve assembly.
(16) Using screw A of WT-114253 assembly tool, slowly move plunger (10) up and
down until lowest reading is obtained on WT-114453 test fixture. Lock plunger (10)
in place by using screw A of WT-114253 assembly tooll, and remove WT-114453
test fixture from WT-129175 assembly tool.
(17) Connect WT-114453 test fixture to WT-128014 assembly tool, and turn on air. Adjust screw
(15) to move WT-128014 assembly tool up and down until lowest reading is obtained on
WT-114453 test fixture. Turn off air supply. Remove WT-114453 test fixture from WT-128014
assembly tool, and remove WT-128014 assembly tool from body assembly (5).
(19) Pull wires on motor (25, Figure 722) through access hole in body assembly (5).
Identify wires of motor (25) by wrapping with electrical tape (see Table 701)
and marking VBV (as shown in Figure 723).
NOTE: A light coating of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) may be used to
ease installation of motor (25, Figure 722).
(20) Carefully install motor (25) on body assembly (5) ensuring that rod of motor
assembly (25) fits into plunger (30, Figure 721. Secure motor (25) with 4 washers
(15) and 4 screws (20), but do not torque.
NOTE: Be sure that packings (35 and 40, Figure 721) are still installed on body
assembly (5, Figure 722) before installing motor (25).
(21) Load motor (25) against screw (10), and torque 4 screws (20) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
Page 7058
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7059
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7060
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7062
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7064
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7065
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7066
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-011
(1) Install sleeve (5, Figure 723) into body assembly (30). Install stop (40) (raised
surface up to allow to sit flush in sleeve [5]) in body assembly (30). Install
plug assembly (45) in body assembly (30).
(2) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from top surface of body assembly
(30, Figure 723) to top of plug assembly (45), and record as dimension A. Subtract
0.054 inch (1,37 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B.
(3) Adjust shim (35) to dimension B, plus or minus 0.001 inch (0.03 mm).
(4) Remove plug assembly (45), stop (40), and sleeve (5) from body assembly (30).
(5) Install 7 packings (10) on sleeve (5). Using WT-114479 assembly tool, freeze sleeve
(5) in BB-C-104 or BB-C-101, Grade B CO2 (see Table 701). Using a 0.750 inch
(19,05 mm) phenolic rod (see Table 702), remove sleeve from WT-114479 assembly
tool. Install sleeve (5, Figure 723) in body assembly (30).
(6) Install gear (20) and screw (15) on end of plunger (25). Do not torque screw
(15) at this time. Invert body assembly (30).
(7) Install plunger (25) in sleeve (5). While holding gear (20) with WT-53918 assembly
tool, torque screw (15) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,96 N.m). Install WT-114253 assembly
tool or WT-143409 assembly tool. Invert body assembly (30).
(8) Install shim (40, Figure 724), adjusted earlier, washer (45), and stop (50) (raised surface
down) on end of sleeve (20) (installed in body assembly [25]).
(9) Install plunger assembly (15) in end of sleeve (20). Position open end of plunger
assembly (15) to face torque motor rod opening in body assembly (25). Install
spring (55) on end of plunger assembly (15).
(10) Install screw (30) in plug assembly (35). Run-on torque screw (30) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(11) Install packing (60, Figure 724) on seat (10), and install assembled seat (10),
chamfered side out, into plug assembly (35).
NOTE: Fluorosilicone (blue) packings applied in location (60, Figure 724) must be treated in
a 10 to 1 mixture of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) and MIL-PRF-7024, Type
II calibrating fluid (see Table 701) for at least 12 hours before installation.
Viton (black) packings applied in location (60, Figure 724) do not require pretreatment.
Page 7067
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Install packing (5) on plug assembly (35), and install assembled plug
assembly (35) into body assembly (25).
NOTE: When installing plug assembly (35), be sure that slotted end is positioned
over bearing on plunger assembly (15).
(13) Install packing (35, Figure 725) and packing (40) on body assembly (5). Install
pin (45) into body assembly (5) through torque motor rod opening and through
round opening of plug assembly (50).
(14) Install WT-128014 assembly tool on body assembly (5). Rod of WT-128014 assembly tool
must engage open end of plunger assembly (30). Fasten WT-128014 assembly tool to
body assembly (5) using 4 washers (20) and 4 screws (25) while loading WT-128014
assembly tool against screw (15). Tighten 4 screws (25), but do not torque.
(15) Install packing (182559) (part of WT-129175 assembly tool) to form seal between
WT-129175 assembly tool and VSV port of body assembly (5). Install WT-129175
assembly tool on body assembly (5) and connect null air supply of WT-114453 test
fixture to WT-129175 assembly tool, and turn on air.
(16) Using screw A of WT-114253 assembly tool, slowly move plunger (10) up and
down until lowest reading is obtained on WT-114453 test fixture. Lock plunger (10)
in place by using screw A of WT-114253 assembly tool, and remove WT-114453
test fixture from WT-129175 assembly tool.
(17) Connect WT-114453 test fixture to WT-128014 assembly tool, and turn on air. Adjust screw
(15) to move WT-128014 assembly tool up and down until lowest reading is obtained on
WT-114453 test fixture. Turn off air supply. Remove WT-114453 test fixture from WT-128014
assembly tool, and remove WT-128014 assembly tool from body assembly (5).
(19) Pull wires on motor (20, Figure 726) through access hole in body assembly (25). Identify wires
of motor (20) by wrapping with electrical tape (see Table 701) and marking VSV.
NOTE: A light coating of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) may be used to
ease installation of motor (20, Figure 726).
(20) Carefully install motor (20) on body assembly (25) ensuring that rod of motor (20)
fits into plunger assembly (30, Figure 725). Secure motor (20, Figure 726) with
4 washers (10) and 4 screws (15), but do not torque.
NOTE: Be sure that packings (35 and 40, Figure 725) are still installed on body
assembly (25, Figure 726) before installing motor (20).
(21) Load motor (20) against screw (5), and torque 4 screws (15) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
Page 7068
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7069
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7070
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7072
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7074
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7075
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7076
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-012
(1) Install packing (45, Figure 727) and packing (35) on conduit assembly (50). Insert wires on
valve (30) through conduit assembly with 72-degree bend toward valve (30).
(2) Install 3 packings (20) on valve (30). Install 3 bushings (25) on valve (30).
(3) Insert valve (30) wires through access hole in body assembly (5). Identify wires by
wrapping them with electrical tape (see Table 701) and marking BSV.
(4) Insert conduit assembly (50, Figure 727) in body assembly (5). Secure valve
(30) to body assembly (5) with 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (15). Torque 4
screws (15) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(5) Secure conduit assembly (50) to body assembly (5) with screw (55). Torque
screw (55) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(6) Secure conduit assembly (50) to valve (30) with screw (40). Torque screw
(40) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
Page 7077
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7078
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7079
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-013
(1) Install shim (55, Figure 728, Sheet 1), then piston (5), on spring (50). Secure piston
(5) on spring (50) with washer (10) and nut (15). Using WT-108926 wrench, torque nut
(15) to measured run-on torque plus 3-4 lb. in. (0,34-0,45 N.m).
NOTE: Run-on torque of nut (15) should be 6.5-60.0 lb. in. (0,73-6,78 N.m).
NOTE: One and one-half threads (minimum) of assembled spring (50) must be
visible protruding beyond nut (15) after being torqued.
(2) Install spring (50) in WT-118439 assembly tool, and adjust shim (55) so edge
is between 1.413 and 1.423 inch (35,89 and 36,14 mm) edges of WT-118439
assembly tool (see Figure 728 inset).
NOTE: This step is optional. This step is intended only to rough set the buffer shim (55).
(5) Install packing (182575, Figure 728, Sheet 2) (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) on
sleeve (20), positioning packing approximately in the middle of sleeve (20).
(6) Install split collar (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) on sleeve (20) toward
packing (25) as shown in Figure 728, sheet 2.
(7) Install sleeve (20) in large ID end of bushing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(8) Install bushing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) (packing end first)
in WT-120051 assembly tool.
(9) Install top cap (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) into hole of spring (50)
by depressing button of top cap.
(10) Install top cap (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) and spring (50) into housing
(part of WT-120051 assembly tool). Secure with 2 clamps and 2 screws
(part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(11) Turn adjuster screw (Figure 729) down until WT-120051 assembly tool bottoms out on sleeve
(20, Figure 728, Sheet 2). Measure height of adjuster screw, and record as dimension A.
(12) Adjust regulator (2, Figure 729) so that P1-P2 equals 5 ±0.25 PSID (34,5 ± 1,72 kPa).
Page 7080
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(13) Increase flow by turning adjuster screw until flowmeter (6) registers 5 ±0.25 PPH (2,27 ±
0,11 KGH) and P1-P2 equals 5 ±0.25 PSID (34,5 ± 1,72 kPa). Measure height of adjuster
screw and record as dimension B. Subtract dimension A from dimension B and record as
dimension C. Dimension C must be 0.200-0.215 inch (5,08-5,46 mm). Remove piston (5,
Figure 728, Sheet 1), spring (50), and sleeve (30) from WT-120051 assembly tool.
(14) If dimension C is out-of-limits, adjust shim (55) as necessary, and repeat the 3 previous steps.
NOTE: Adding 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) of shim (55) will increase dimension
C 0.002 inch (0,05 mm).
(15) Remove top cap (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) and spring (50, Figure 728,
Sheet 2) from housing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(16) Remove bushing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) and sleeve (20) from
housing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(17) Remove sleeve (20) from bushing (part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(18) Remove split collar (part of WT-120051 assembly tool) and packing
(part of WT-120051 assembly tool).
(20) Install sleeve (20), spring (50) and plug (35) in body assembly (60).
(21) Measure from surface of body assembly (60) to top of tube A (part of plug [35]), and record
as dimension D. Subtract 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) from dimension D and record as dimension
E. Adjust shim (30) to dimension E plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(22) Remove plug (35), spring (50), and sleeve (20) from body assembly (60).
(24) Install packing (25) on sleeve (20). Using 0.875 inch (22,23 mm) phenolic rod (see Table 701),
install sleeve (20, Figure 728, Sheet 1) packing end first in body assembly (60).
(25) Install ring (40) and packing (45) on plug (35). Install plug (35) in body
assembly (60) with small OD facing out.
Page 7081
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7082
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7083
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7084
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7085
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7086
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-014
(1) Install sleeve (20, Figure 730) and plug (10) in body assembly (35).
(2) Measure from surface of body assembly (35) to top of plug (10), and record as dimension
A. Subtract 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) from dimension A and record as dimension B. Adjust
shim (30) to dimension B plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(3) Remove plug (10) and sleeve (20) from body assembly (35).
(4) Install 5 packings (25) on sleeve (20). Install adjusted shim (30). Using a 0.627 in. (15,93 mm)
phenolic rod (see Table 702), install sleeve (20, Figure 730) (smallest OD toward outside)
in body assembly (35). Install plunger (15) in sleeve (20) with button end facing out.
(5) Install packing (5) on plug (10). Install assembled plug (10) (threaded end
facing out) in body assembly (35).
Page 7087
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7088
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7089
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-015
(1) Install screw (15, Figure 731) in piston (25). Install nut (30) on screw (15), and run-on
torque nut (30) 2-10 lb. in. (0,23-1,13 N.m.). Tighten nut (30) then back off so piston
(25) has 0.002-0.004 inch (0,05-0,10 mm) axial end play.
(2) Install screw (15) in solenoid (10). Check run-on torque of screw (15). Run-on
torque should be 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m). Position sleeve (35) over
piston (25) with small OD facing solenoid (10).
(3) Manually move solenoid (10) output rod in and out. Adjust screw (15), and visually
check that the top and bottom ports in sleeve (35) alternately open and close the
same amount (minimum of 0.020 inch [0,51 mm]).
(4) Install sleeve (35) in body assembly (50) with small OD of sleeve (35) facing up.
(5) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from surface of body assembly
(50, Figure 731) to top of sleeve (35), and record as dimension A.
(6) Measure from bottom of flange on solenoid (10) to bottom of solenoid that rests
on body assembly (50) and record as dimension B.
(9) Install 4 packings (40) on sleeve (35). Install adjusted shim (45) and sleeve (35),
with small OD facing up, in body assembly (50).
(10) Install packing (20) on body assembly (50). Carefully install piston (25) and
solenoid (10) on body assembly (50).
NOTE: Install solenoid (10) with master key (large slot) pointed away from HMU.
NOTE: Output rod of solenoid (10) must be pulled out before installation.
(11) Apply dry lubricant (see Table 701) to threads of 2 screws (5, Figure 731) . Secure solenoid (10)
on body assembly (50) with 2 screws (5). Torque 2 screws (5) 73-87 lb. in. (8,25-9,83 N.m).
Page 7090
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7091
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7092
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-016
NOTE: RACC, HPTCC, and LPTCC may be assembled at the same time.
(1) Install top 3 slave packings (35, Figure 732) on sleeve (30).
(2) Using WT-115830 set block to hold plunger (45), install screw (50) in end of plunger until
it protrudes 0.159-0.165 inch (4,04-4,19 mm). Run-on torque screw (50) 1.5-3.5 lb. in.
(0,17-0,40 N.m). Install spring (40) and plunger (45) in sleeve (30).
(4) Install valve assembly (20), spacer assembly (15), diaphragm (10) (beveled seat toward valve
assembly [20]), and collar (5) (large OD facing up) in WT-114276 assembly tool.
NOTE: Metering surface on valve assembly (20) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that pin of spacer assembly (15) lines up with other parts
and WT-114276 assembly tool.
(5) Install indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) on WT-114276 assembly tool. Back micrometer (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) out so it does not contact plunger (45).
(6) Move micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until indicator (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) moves. Zero indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(7) Connect null air supply of WT-114453 test fixture to null port of WT-114276 assembly
tool, and turn on air. Turn micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until
lowest reading on WT-114453 test fixture is obtained. Record indicator (part of
WT-114276 assembly tool) reading as dimension A.
NOTE: Do not cover Pb, Pc, or Pcr ports on WT-114276 assembly tool.
(8) Adjust shim (25) to dimension A plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(9) Remove WT-114453 test fixture and air supply from WT-114276 assembly
tool. Remove indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer
(part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(10) Remove collar (5), diaphragm (10), spacer assembly (15), and valve assembly (20)
from WT-114276 assembly tool. Using 0.375 inch (9,53 mm) phenolic rod , remove
sleeve (30). Keep all parts together as an assembly.
Page 7093
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Remove plunger (45) and spring (40) from sleeve (30).
(13) Install sleeve (45, Figure 733) into HPTCC bore of body assembly (50). Install shim (35),
adjusted earlier, and valve assembly (30) into HPTCC bore of body assembly (50) so that
notches of adjusted shim (35) and valve assembly (30) align with radial cut in sleeve (45).
(14) Install spacer assembly (25) into HPTCC bore of body assembly (50) making sure
that pin of spacer assembly (25) is in radial cut of sleeve (45).
(15) Install diaphragm (15) (beveled seat toward valve assembly [30]), collar (10) (large OD
up), and plug assembly (5) in HPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
(16) Using a depth micrometer , measure from top of plug assembly (5) to top surface of
body assembly (50), and record as dimension A. Measure from top of small OD of
plug assembly (5) to top of large OD of plug assembly (5), and record as dimension B.
Subtract dimension A from dimension B, and record as dimension C. Subtract 0.054
inch (1,37 mm) from dimension C, and record as dimension D. Adjust shim (60) to
equal dimension D plus or minus 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) for use later.
(17) Remove plug assembly (5), collar (10), diaphragm (15), spacer assembly (25), valve assembly
(30), shim (35), and sleeve (45) from HPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
(18) Install 5 packings (70) on sleeve (45). Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum to plunger
(40) and spring (65), and install into sleeve (45).
(19) Using a 0.750 inch (19,05 mm) phenolic rod , install assembled sleeve (45) with notch
of sleeve at 9 o’clock position in relation to pin (20) bore at 12 o’clock position. Install
adjusted shim (35), pin (20) in hole in wall of HPTCC bore of body assembly (50), and
valve assembly (30) in HPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
NOTE: Face on valve assembly (30) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that slots in sleeve (45), shim (35), and valve assembly (30) are aligned.
(20) Install spacer assembly (25) over pin (20) with hole in spacer assembly (25) and
open side of valve assembly (30) facing motor rod hole in body assembly (50).
Align slot in spacer assembly (25) so pin (20) is trapped.
(21) Install diaphragm (15) with beveled seat toward valve assembly (30), collar (10) (large OD
up), washer (60), and adjusted shim (55) in HPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
NOTE: A 0.190-32 thread slave screw, 1.250 inches (31,75 mm) long minimum with
a standard 45-degree chamfer at its point, may be installed and removed to
ease the installation of set screws (25, Figure 738).
(22) Install spring assembly (30, Figure 736) (spring seat first) on top of diaphragm (35).
Page 7094
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(23) Apply dry lubricant to threads of screw (5). Install screw (5) in plug assembly (10)
until screw (5) is flush with bottom of counterbore of plug assembly (10). Run-on
torque screw (5) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(24) Install packing (20) on seat (25). Install assembled seat (25) in plug assembly
(10) with counterbore of seat (25) facing out.
NOTE: Fluorosilicone (blue) packings applied in location (20, Figure 736) must be treated in
a 10 to 1 mixture of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) and MIL-PRF-7024, Type
II calibrating fluid (see Table 701) for at least 12 hours before installation.
Viton (black) packings applied in location (20, Figure 736) do not require pretreatment.
(25) Install packing (15) on plug assembly (10), and install assembled plug assembly
(10) in bore of body assembly (40).
(26) Install screw (40, Figure 734) and screw (35) in plate assembly (5) until 2 threads
are showing. Install screw (30) and screw (25) in plate assembly (5) until flush
with bottom of blocks of plate assembly (5). Install packing (10), packing (15),
and packing (20) on back side of plate assembly (5).
(27) Install packing (50) and packing (45) on front side of plate assembly (5). Pull wires
on motor (65) through access hole in plate assembly (5).
(28) Position motor (65) as close to plate assembly (5) as possible without motor rod
actually entering motor rod hole of plate assembly (5).
(29) Form motor (65) wires around channel in back of plate assembly (5), and begin running wires
in access hole of body assembly (70). Carefully install plate assembly (5) on body assembly
(70) while pulling motor (65) wires through body assembly (70). Do not install motor (65).
(30) Secure plate assembly (5) on body assembly (70) using 3 washers (60) and 3 screws
(55). Torque 3 screws (55) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m). Identify wires of motor (65) by
wrapping with electrical tape and marking HPTCC (as shown in Figure 736).
(31) Install plug (part of WT-129382 adapter), Figure 734, in body assembly (70), and
clamp with WT-129382 adapter. Install indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool)
into plug (part of WT-129382 adapter). With indicator rod (WT-114259 assembly
tool) touching valve assembly (75), set indicator to zero.
(32) Carefully install motor (15, Figure 735) on plate assembly (10) while pulling wires
through plate assembly (10). Be sure motor (15) rod fits properly through spacer
assembly (50) and into valve assembly (55).
(33) Secure motor (15) with 2 washers (20), 2 washers (35), 2 screws (25), and 2
screws (30). Tighten 2 screws (25) and 2 screws (30) enough to secure motor (15),
and ensure that motor (15) is resting on screw (40).
Page 7095
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(34) Adjust screw (40) until indicator (part of WT-129382 adapter) reads zero.
(35) Tighten screw (5) until it is seated against motor (15). Check that indicator (part of WT-114259
assembly tool) still reads zero. If indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) reading
has changed, adjust screw (40) and screw (5) until indicator reads zero.
(36) Torque 2 screws (25) and 2 screws (30) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
(37) Remove indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) and WT-129382 adapter.
NOTE: Be sure that shim (60, Figure 733) remains in bore of body assembly (45,
Figure 735) after removal of WT-129382 adapter.
Page 7096
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7097
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7098
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7100
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7101
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7102
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
HPTCC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly Torque Motor Adjustment - Figure 735
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7103
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7104
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7105
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7106
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-017
NOTE: RACC, HPTCC, and LPTCC may be assembled at the same time.
(1) Install top 3 slave packings (35, Figure 737) on sleeve (30).
(2) Using WT-115830 set block to hold plunger (45), install screw (50) in end of plunger until
it protrudes 0.010-0.030 inch (0,25-0,76 mm). Run-on torque screw (50) 1.5-3.5 lb. in.
(0,17-0,40 N.m). Install spring (40) and plunger (45) in sleeve (30).
(4) Install valve assembly (20), spacer assembly (15), diaphragm (10) (beveled seat toward valve
assembly [10]), and collar (5) (large OD facing up) in WT-114276 assembly tool.
NOTE: Metering surface on valve assembly (20) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that pin of spacer assembly (15) lines up with other parts
and WT-114276 assembly tool.
(5) Install indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer (part ofWT-114276
assembly tool) on WT-114276 assembly tool. Back micrometer (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) out so it does not contact plunger (45).
(6) Move micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until indicator (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) moves. Zero indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(7) Connect null air supply of WT-114453 test fixture to null port of WT-114276 assembly
tool, and turn on air. Turn micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until
lowest reading on WT-114453 test fixture is obtained. Record indicator (part of
WT-114276 assembly tooll) reading as dimension A.
NOTE: Do not cover Pb, Pc, or Pcr ports on WT-114276 assembly tool.
(8) Adjust shim (25) to dimension A plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(9) Remove WT-114453 test fixture and air supply from WT-114276 assembly
tool. Remove indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer
(part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(10) Remove collar (5), diaphragm (10), spacer assembly (15), and valve assembly (20)
from WT-114276 assembly tool. Using 0.375 inch (9,53 mm) phenolic rod , remove
sleeve (30). Keep all parts together as an assembly.
Page 7107
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Remove plunger (45) and spring (40) from sleeve (30).
(13) Install sleeve (45, Figure 738) into LPTCC bore of body assembly (50). Install shim (35),
adjusted earlier, and valve assembly (30) into LPTCC bore of body assembly (50) so that
notches of adjusted shim (35) and valve assembly (30) align with radial cut in sleeve (45).
(14) Install spacer assembly (20) into LPTCC bore of body assembly (50) making sure
that pin of spacer assembly (20) is in radial cut of sleeve (45).
(15) Install diaphragm (15) (beveled seat toward valve assembly [30]), collar (10) (large OD
facing up), and plug assembly (5) in LPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
(16) Using a depth micrometer , measure from top of plug assembly (5) to top surface of
body assembly (50) and record as dimension A. Measure from top of small OD of plug
assembly (5) to top of large OD of plug assembly (5), and record as dimension B.
Subtract dimension A from dimension B, and record as dimension C. Subtract 0.054
inch (1,37 mm) from dimension C, and record as dimension D. Adjust shim (55) to
equal dimension D plus or minus 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) for use later.
(17) Remove plug assembly (5), collar (10), diaphragm (15), spacer assembly (20), valve assembly
(30), shim (35), and sleeve (45) from LPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
(18) Install 5 packings (70) on sleeve (45). Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum to plunger
(40) and spring (65), and install into sleeve (45).
(19) Using a 0.750 inch (19,05 mm) phenolic rod , install assembled sleeve (45) with notch
of sleeve at 9 o’clock position in relation to pin (25) bore at 12 o’clock position. Install
adjusted shim (35), pin (25) in hole in wall of LPTCC bore of body assembly (50),
and valve assembly (30) in LPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
NOTE: Face on valve assembly (30) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that slots in sleeve (45), shim (35), and valve assembly (30) are aligned.
(20) Install spacer assembly (20) over pin (25) with hole in spacer assembly (20) and
open side of valve assembly (30) facing motor rod hole in body assembly (50).
Align slot in spacer assembly (20) so pin (25) is trapped.
(21) Install diaphragm (15) (with beveled seat toward valve assembly [30]), collar (10) (large OD
up), washer (60), and adjusted shim (55) in LPTCC bore of body assembly (50).
(22) Install plug (part of WT-129382 adapter, Figure 739) in body assembly (55), and
clamp with WT-129382 adapter. Install indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool)
into plug (part of WT-129382 adapter). With rod on indicator (part of WT-114259
assembly tool) touching valve assembly (65), set indicator to zero.
Page 7108
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(23) Install packing (15) and packing (45) in plate assembly (10). Carefully install motor (20) on
plate assembly (10) while pulling wires through plate assembly (10). Be sure motor (20) rod
fits properly through spacer assembly (60) and into valve assembly (65). Identify wires of
motor (20) by wrapping with electrical tape and marking LPTCC as shown in Figure 745.
(24) Secure motor (20, Figure 739) with 2 washers (25), 2 washers (40), 2 screws (30),
and 2 screws (35). Tighten 2 screws (30) and 2 screws (35) enough to secure motor
(20), and ensure that motor (20) is resting on screw (50).
(25) Adjust screw (50) until indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) reads zero.
(26) Tighten screw (5) until it is seated against motor (20). Check that indicator (part of WT-114259
assembly tool) still reads zero. If indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) reading
has changed, adjust screw (50) and screw (5) until indicator reads zero.
(27) Torque 2 screws (30) and 2 screws (35) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m). Remove indicator
(part ofWT-114259 assembly tool) and plug (part of WT-129382 adapter).
NOTE: Be sure that shim (55, Figure 738) remains in bore of body assembly
(55) after removal of WT-129382 adapter.
(28) Install spring assembly (30, Figure 740) (spring seat first) on top of diaphragm (35).
(29) Apply dry lubricant to threads of screw (5). Install screw (5) in plug assembly (10)
until screw (5) is flush with bottom of counterbore of plug assembly (10). Run-on
torque screw (5) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(30) Install packing (20) on seat (25). Install assembled seat (25) in plug assembly
(10) with counterbore of seat (25) facing out.
NOTE: Fluorosilicone (blue) packings applied in location (20, Figure 740) must be treated in
a 10 to 1 mixture of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) and MIL-PRF-7024, Type
II calibrating fluid (see Table 701) for at least 12 hours before installation.
Viton (black) packings applied in location (20, Figure 740) do not require pretreatment.
(31) Install packing (15) on plug assembly (10), and install assembled plug assembly
(10) in bore of body assembly (40).
Page 7109
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7110
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7111
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7112
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7113
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
LPTCC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly Torque Motor Adjustment - Figure 739
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7114
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7115
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7116
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7117
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-018
NOTE: RACC, HPTCC, and LPTCC may be assembled at the same time.
(1) Install top 3 slave packings (35, Figure 741) on sleeve (30).
(2) Using WT-115830 set block to hold plunger (45), install screw (50) in end of plunger until
it protrudes 0.159-0.165 inch (4,04-4,19 mm). Run-on torque screw (50) 1.5-3.5 lb. in.
(0,17-0,40 N.m). Install spring (40) and plunger (45) in sleeve (30).
(4) Install valve assembly (20), spacer assembly (15), diaphragm (10) (beveled seat toward valve
assembly [20]), and collar (5) (large OD facing up) in WT-114276 assembly tool.
NOTE: Metering surface on valve assembly (20) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that pin of spacer assembly (15) lines up with other parts
and WT-114276 assembly tool.
(5) Install indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) on WT-114276 assembly tool. Back micrometer (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) out so it does not contact plunger (45).
(6) Move micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until indicator (part of WT-114276
assembly tool) moves. Zero indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(7) Connect null air supply of WT-114453 test fixture to null port of WT-114276 assembly
tool, and turn on air. Turn micrometer (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) until
lowest reading on WT-114453 test fixture is obtained. Record indicator (part of
WT-114276 assembly tool) reading as dimension A.
NOTE: Do not cover Pb, Pc, or Pcr ports on WT-114276 assembly tool.
(8) Adjust shim (25) to dimension A plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(9) Remove WT-114453 test fixture and air supply from WT-114276 assembly
tool. Remove indicator (part of WT-114276 assembly tool) and micrometer
(part of WT-114276 assembly tool).
(10) Remove collar (5), diaphragm (10), spacer assembly (15), and valve assembly (20)
from WT-114276 assembly tool. Using 0.375 inch (9,53 mm) phenolic rod , remove
sleeve (30). Keep all parts together as an assembly.
Page 7118
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Remove plunger (45) and spring (40) from sleeve (30).
(13) Install sleeve (45, Figure 742) into RACC bore of body assembly (50). Install shim (35),
adjusted earlier and valve assembly (30) into RACC bore of body assembly (50) so that
notches of adjusted shim (35) and valve assembly (30) align with radial cut in sleeve (45).
(14) Install spacer assembly (20) into RACC bore of body assembly (50) making sure that
pin of spacer assembly (20) is in radial cut of sleeve (45).
(15) Install diaphragm (15) (beveled seat toward valve assembly [30]), collar (10) (large OD
up), and plug assembly (5) in RACC bore of body assembly (50).
(16) Using a depth micrometer, measure from top surface of body assembly (50, Figure
742) to top of plug assembly (5), and record as dimension A. Subtract 0.054 inch
(1,37 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B. Adjust shim (55) to
dimension B plus or minus 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) for use later.
(17) Remove plug assembly (5), collar (10), diaphragm (15), spacer assembly (20), valve
assembly (30), shim (35), and sleeve (45) from RACC bore of body assembly (50).
(18) Install 5 packings (60) on sleeve (45). Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum to plunger
(40) and spring (65), and install into sleeve (45).
(19) Using a 0.750 inch (19,05 mm) phenolic rod , install assembled sleeve (45) with notch
of sleeve at 9 o’clock position in relation to pin (25) bore at 12 o’clock position. Install
adjusted shim (35), pin (25) in hole in wall of RACC bore of body assembly (50), and
valve assembly (30) in RACC bore of body assembly (50).
NOTE: Face on valve assembly (30) must be free of nicks and scratches.
NOTE: Be sure that slots in sleeve (45), shim (35), and valve assembly (30) are aligned.
(20) Install spacer assembly (20) over pin (25) with hole in spacer assembly (20) and
open side of valve assembly (30) facing motor rod hole in body assembly (50).
Align slot in spacer assembly (20) so pin (25) is trapped.
(21) Install diaphragm (15) with beveled seat toward valve assembly (30), collar (10) (large OD
up), washer (70), and adjusted shim (55) in RACC bore of body assembly (50).
(22) Install packings (25 and 30, Figure 743) on body assembly (45). Install screw
(50) so it is flush with bottom of block.
(23) Install plug (part of WT-129382 adapter) in body assembly (45), and clamp with
WT-129382 adapter. Install indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) into plug
(part of WT-129382 adapter). With rod on indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly
tool) touching valve assembly (15), set indicator to zero.
Page 7119
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(24) Pull wires of motor (10) through access hole in body assembly (45). Identify wires of motor (10)
by wrapping with electrical tape and marking RACC (as shown in Figure 744). Secure motor
(10) with 4 washers (35) and 4 screws (40). Torque 4 screws (40) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
(25) Carefully install motor (10) on body assembly (45) ensuring motor (10) is resting on screw
(20) and motor rod fits through spacer assembly (5) and fits properly into valve assembly
(15). Secure motor (10) with 4 washers (35) and 4 screws (40). Tighten 4 screws (40)
enough to secure motor (10) but loose enough so motor (10) can be adjusted.
(26) Manually adjust screw (20) until indicator (part of WT-114259 assembly tool) reads zero.
Adjust screw (50) until it contacts motor (10), ensuring that indicator (part of WT-114259
assembly tool) still reads zero. Torque 4 screws (40) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m).
NOTE: Be sure that shim (55, Figure 742) remains in RACC bore of body assembly
(45) after removal of WT-129382 adapter.
(28) Install spring assembly (30, Figure 744) (spring seat first) on top of diaphragm (35).
(29) Apply dry lubricant to threads of screw (5). Install screw (5) in plug assembly (10)
until screw (5) is flush with bottom of counterbore of plug assembly (10). Run-on
torque screw (5) 1.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,17-0,68 N.m).
(30) Install packing (25) on seat (15). Install assembled seat (15) in plug assembly
(10) with counterbore of seat (15) facing out.
NOTE: Fluorosilicone (blue) packings applied in location (25, Figure 744) must be treated in
a 10 to 1 mixture of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) and MIL-PRF-7024, Type
II calibrating fluid (see Table 701) for at least 12 hours before installation.
Viton (black) packings applied in location (25, Figure 744) do not require pretreatment.
(31) Install packing (40) on plug assembly (10), and install assembled plug assembly
(10) in RACC bore of body assembly (20).
Page 7120
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7121
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7122
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7124
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
RACC Turbine Clearance Valve Assembly Torque Motor Adjustment - Figure 743
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7125
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7126
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7127
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7128
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-019
(1) Install plug assembly (15, Figure 745) in bore of body assembly (20). Secure plug assembly
(15) with washer (30) and screw (25). Tighten screw (25) but do not torque at this time.
(2) Install packing (5) and seal (10) on piston (45), and size seal (10) using WT-114408 assembly
tool. Using WT-114408 assembly tool, install piston (45) into sleeve (35).
(3) Invert body assembly (20). Install sleeve (35) in bore of body assembly (20). Sleeve
(35) should be seated against plug assembly (15).
(4) Using a depth micrometer (see Table 702), measure from surface of body assembly
(20, Figure 745) to sleeve (35), as shown, and record as dimension A. Subtract 0.005
inch (0,13 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension B.
(5) Adjust shim (40) to equal dimension B plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
NOTE: For repair controls not requiring separation of the fuel valve housing from
the pilot valve body, shim (40) can be calculated for a new sleeve (35)
by measuring and comparing the old and new sleeve (35) lengths and
adjusting existing shim (40) accordingly.
Page 7129
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7131
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-020
(1) Install washer (5, Figure 747) and sleeve (15) in body assembly (20).
(2) Using a depth micrometer , measure from surface of body assembly (20) to top of sleeve (15),
as shown, and record as dimension E. Subtract 0.002 inch (0,05 mm) from dimension E, and
adjust shim (25) to dimension E, plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(3) Remove sleeve (15) and washer (5) from body assembly (20). Install three
packings (10) on sleeve (15). Install packing (30) and ring (40) on sleeve (15)
as shown. Install packing (35) on sleeve (15).
(4) Install adjusted shim (25) and washer (5), as instructed, in body assembly
(20). Using WT-129665 assembly tool or WT-143932 assembly tool, install
sleeve (15) in body assembly (20).
(5) Install packing (10, Figure 748) and seal (15) in retainer (5). Using
WT-55725 assembly tool, size seal (15).
(6) Install bearing (20) in retainer (5). Install retainer (5) on shaft (40).
(7) Install shaft (40) on WT-115698 assembly fixture, being careful not to hit rotor of
shaft (40) on pin (part of WT-115698 assembly fixture).
(8) Rotate shaft (40) until V opening is located next to pin (part of WT-115698 assembly fixture).
(9) Rotate shaft (40) counterclockwise until small end of V opening in shaft (40) just
contacts small end of pin (part of WT-115698 assembly fixture).
(10) Install screw (25) in clamp assembly (30). Install clamp assembly (30) in lever
assembly (35). Install assembled lever assembly (35) over end of shaft (40) limiting
gap between threaded end of clamp assembly (30) and parallel surface of lever
assembly (35) to 0.100 inch (2,54 mm) maximum.
(11) Adjust serrations on lever assembly (35) until alignment slot of WT-115698 assembly fixture
is seen through right side of hole in lever assembly (35). Install WT-114377 assembly tool
between lever assembly (35) and retainer (5), positioning WT-114377 assembly tool to
obtain a dimension of 0.970 inch (24,64 mm) between top of lever assembly (35) and top
of retainer (5), as shown. Torque screw (25) 8.0-9.4 lb. in. (0,90-1,06 N.m).
(12) Rotate shaft (40) clockwise until small end of V opening in shaft (40) no longer
contacts small end of pin (part of WT-115698 assembly fixture). Remove WT-114377
assembly tool and shaft (40) from WT-115698 assembly fixture.
Page 7132
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(13) Install bolt (part of WT-103061 assembly tool) in indicated hole of housing assembly
(5, Figure 751), and secure with nut (part of WT-103061 assembly tool). Install 2 legs
(WT-103061 assembly tool) on indicated studs of housing assembly (5).
NOTE: Bolt and nut (parts of WT-103061 assembly tool) and 2 legs (WT-103061
assembly tool) will be removed at Test.
(16) Using a depth micrometer, measure from surface of housing assembly (25) to
top of retainer (5), and record as dimension B.
(17) Subtract 0.004 inch (0,10 mm) from dimension B, and record as dimension C.
(18) Remove assembled shaft (10) and bearing (15). Adjust shim (20) to dimension
C plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(19) Secure adjusted shim (20) in housing assembly (25) using VV-P-236
petrolatum (see Table 701).
(21) Install 2 packings (30) and 2 seals (25) in sleeve (35). Using WT-67400
insertion tool, size 2 seals (25).
(22) Install 2 packings (40) on sleeve (35). Install sleeve (35) on shaft (10).
Install shaft (10) in body assembly (70).
(23) Install rod assembly (55) in clevis (85), and using WT-129530 assembly tool, press pin
(90) (chamfered end first) through clevis (85) and rod assembly (55).
(24) Using dry lubricant, lubricate threads of clevis (85). Screw clevis (85) into piston (65)
until threaded portion of clevis (85) bottoms out in piston (65).
(25) Run-on torque clevis (85) 3.5-13 lb. in. (0,40-1,47 N.m), then back out 3 1/2 turns.
(26) Install piston (65) in sleeve (60). Align hole on end of rod assembly (55) with hole
on lever (15), and install pin assembly (50) through both holes.
(27) Align hole in pin assembly (50) with threaded hole in rod assembly (55), and install
screw (45). Torque screw (45) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
Page 7133
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Figure 746
DELETED
Page 7134
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7135
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7136
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7137
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7138
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7139
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7140
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7141
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7142
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-802
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-021
(1) Install plate (10, Figure 751) in housing housing assembly (5), and secure with 2
screws (15). Torque 2 screws (15) 11-13 lb. in. (1,24-1,47 N.m).
(2) Using WT-115836 assembly fixture, assemble sleeve (25, Figure 752), ball (35),
spring (20), shim (15), seat (10), and ring (5).
NOTE: A tang from seat (10) should be centered within the gap of ring (5).
(3) Install valve assembly (5, Figure 753) in WT-136003 checking fixture.
(4) Load ball (10) to 19-21 pounds (8,62-9,53 kg) and zero indicator (part
of WT-136003 checking fixture).
(5) Increase load until ball (10) moves 0.001 inch (0,025 mm). Value on indicator
(part of WT-136003 checking fixture) must be 27-28 pounds (12,25-12,70
kg). If out-of-limits, adjust shim (15).
NOTE: 0.020 inch (0,51 mm) shim (15) will change load approximately 1 pound (0,45 kg).
(7) Install packing (15, Figure 754) on sleeve (10). Install valve assembly
(5) in housing assembly (20).
Page 7143
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7145
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7146
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7147
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7148
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7149
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7150
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7151
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-022
(1) Using WT-118121 assembly tool, install seal (40, Figure 756) on piston (35),
with open end of seal (40) facing away from small OD of piston (35) and,
using WT-113428 assembly tool, size seal (40).
(2) Install piston (35) in WT-113428 assembly tool, small OD first, until surface X of
piston (35) is flush with end of WT-113428 assembly tool. Align WT-113428 assembly
tool with sleeve (20), and install piston (35) in sleeve.
(4) Using depth micrometer , measure from surface of housing assembly (20) to
top of sleeve (5), and record as dimension A.
(5) Measure length of cover (15) from flange to end where tang is located,
and record as dimension B.
(6) Subtract dimension B from dimension A, and record as dimension C. Subtract 0.004
inch (0,10 mm) from dimension C, and record as dimension D. Adjust shim (10) to
dimension D plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm) for use later.
(8) Install ring (25, Figure 756), packing (30), ring (15), and packing (10) on sleeve (20).
(9) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) on shim (5, Figure 756), adjusted earlier,
and install adjusted shim (5) in housing assembly (70).
(10) Install sleeve (20) in housing assembly (70). Install cover (60) on housing assembly (70),
engaging tang of cover (60) with relief in sleeve (20). Rotate sleeve (20) as needed to align
holes in cover (60) with holes in housing assembly (70), and push cover (60) to seat sleeve (20).
(11) Remove cover (60) from housing assembly (70). Install ring (55) and packing (50) on cover (60).
(12) Using WT-117414 assembly tool, install spring (45) and cover (60) in housing assembly
(70), ensuring tang on cover (60) is properly aligned with relief in sleeve (20). Secure cover
(60) with 4 screws (65). Torque 4 screws (65) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,95 N.m).
Page 7152
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7153
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7154
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7155
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7156
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-023
(1) Install 2 bearings (35, Figure 757) in each flyweight (30) as shown.
(2) Install 2 flyweights (30) in ballhead (50). Insert 2 pins (45) through ballhead (50) and 2
flyweights (30). Using WT-53963 assembly tool, install 2 clips (40).
CAUTION: DO NOT PRESS CUP (55) ONTO BALLHEAD (50) FURTHER THAN NECESSARY
TO ALIGN RAISED AREA IN CUP (55) WITH DEPRESSIONS IN BALLHEAD
(50) (SEE FIGURE 757), OR CUP (55) MAY BE DAMAGED.
(3) Lubricate cup (55) and ballhead (50) with VV-P-236 petrolatum. Using WT-119820 assembly
tool, position cup (55) on ballhead (50) while being sure to align 2 tangs on bottom of cup
(55) with depressions in ballhead (50). Using WT-119820 assembly tool, press cup (55) on
ballhead (50), and remove excess lubricant. Be sure to press cup (55) onto ballhead (50) only
so far as necessary to seat rib in cup (55) with groove in 4 ballhead (50) posts, as shown.
(4) Install bearing (25), spacer (20), and bearing (15) on shaft of ballhead (50). Using a suitable
marking pen, mark a V on bearing (25), spacer (20), and bearing (15) as shown in Figure 757.
NOTE: Be sure if for any reason bearing (25), spacer (20), and bearing (15) are
removed from shaft of ballhead (50) that when they are replaced, they are
replaced so that they form a V as shown in Figure 757.
(5) Measure from end of ballhead (50) shaft to outer end of bearing (15),
and record as dimension A.
(6) Add 0.001-0.003 inch (0,03-0,08 mm) to dimension A, and record as dimension
B. Adjust shim (10) to dimension B.
(7) Install screw (65) and ballhead (50), with bearing (25), spacer (20), and bearing
(15), installed on shaft, in housing assembly (60).
(8) Install WT-112414 assembly tool over 2 flyweights (30) with groove on bottom
of WT-112414 assembly tool assembly tool located on toes of flyweights. Install
WT-112413 assembly tool over ballhead (50).
(9) Measure from top of WT-112413 assembly tool to top of WT-112414 assembly
tool, and record as dimension C.
(10) Subtract dimension C from 2.300 inches (58,42 mm), and record as dimension
D. Subtract dimension D from dimension A, recorded in Installation of Overspeed
Governor Valve Assembly procedure, and record as dimension E. Adjust shim (5)
to dimension E plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(11) Remove WT-112413 assembly tool, WT-112414 assembly tool, and ballhead (50). Remove
bearing (25), spacer (20), bearing (15), and screw (65) from housing assembly (60).
Page 7157
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(12) Install adjusted shim (5), screw (65), bearing (15), spacer (20), and
bearing (25) in housing assembly (60).
(13) Measure from top surface of housing assembly (60, Figure 758) to bottom of clamp
(45) bore in housing assembly (60) and record as dimension F.
(14) Measure from top surface of housing assembly (60) to top of bearing (30), and record as
dimension G. Subtract dimension G from dimension F, and record as dimension H.
(15) Measure from bottom of clamp (45) to flange, and record as dimension I.
(16) Subtract dimension I from dimension H and record as dimension J. Subtract 0.002
inch (0,05 mm) from dimension J and record as dimension K. Adjust shim (35)
to dimension K plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(17) Mark clamp (45) and adjusted shim (35) bore as A with a suitable marking pen.
(18) Measure from top surface of housing assembly (60) to bottom of clamp (50) bore
in housing assembly (60), and record as dimension L.
(19) Measure from surface of housing assembly (60) to top of bearing (30) and record as
dimension M. Subtract dimension M from dimension L and record as dimension N.
(20) Measure from bottom of clamp (50) to flange, and record as dimension O.
(21) Subtract dimension O from dimension N, and record as dimension P. Subtract 0.002
inch (0,05 mm) from dimension P, and record as dimension Q. Adjust shim (40)
to dimension Q plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,03 mm).
(22) Mark clamp (50) and adjusted shim (40) bore as B with a suitable marking pen.
(24) Remove bearing (30), spacer (20), bearing (15), and screw (5) from housing assembly (60).
(25) Install screw (5) and adjusted shim (10) in housing assembly (60). Secure adjusted
shim (10) using VV-P-236 petrolatum. Install bearing (15), spacer (20), spring
(25), and bearing (30) in housing assembly (60).
(26) Install adjusted shim (35) and clamp (45) and secure with screw (55). Install adjusted
shim (40) and clamp (50) and secure with screw (55). Holding clamp (45) and clamp
(50) straight, torque 2 screws (55) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
Page 7158
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7160
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7161
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7162
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-024
(1) Install packing (30, Figure 760) on body assembly (15). Install body assembly
(15) in housing assembly (45), and secure with 2 washers (25) and 2 screws (20).
Torque 2 screws (20) 18-20 lb. in. (2,03-2,26 N.m).
(2) Coat gear (20, Figure 759) with corrosion preventative compound (see Table 701).
Using a 5/32 nut driver, push nut (5, Figure 759) up into gear (20) until they load
up the pre-assembled washers inside of gear (20).
NOTE: Make sure that pre-assembled washers are in gear (20) before installing nut (5).
(3) Insert gear (10) into top of gear (20) while turning the two until the 2 flats in gear (10)
engage the double D diameter of the pre-assembled washer.
(4) Insert screw (15) through hole in top of gear (10), and engage with nut (5).
Torque nut (5) 7-9 lb. in. (0,79-1,02 N.m).
(5) Mesh ballhead (40, Figure 760) and gear (35) together, and install simultaneously
in housing assembly (45). Secure ballhead (40) with nut (50). Using WT-120837
torque wrench, torque nut (50) 10-14 lb. in. (1,13-1,58 N.m).
(6) Invert housing assembly (45). Install 2 washers (10) on spline of gear (35), and secure
with ring (5). If ring (5) will not seat, remove one washer (10).
Page 7163
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7164
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7165
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7166
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7167
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-803
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-025
A. Mating of Fuel Valve Housing Assembly and Pilot Valve Body Assembly
(1) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) to grooves in housing assembly (50,
Figure 761) for packing (10), packing (35), and packing (30), and install packing
(10), packing (35), and packing (30) in housing assembly (50).
(2) Remove 2 WT-114253 assembly tools, or remove WT-143409 assembly tool, from body
assembly (65). Remove 3 legs (part of WT-114284 assembly tool) from body assembly (65).
Position pins (55 and 60) so that they will not interfere with ballhead (20) or gear (25).
(3) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) to grooves in body assembly (65,
Figure 761) for seal (5), packing (15) and 2 packings (70), and install seal (5),
packing (15), and 2 packings (70) in body assembly (65).
CAUTION: GEAR (50, Figure 716A) MUST BE PROPERLY ALIGNED WITH GEAR (25,
FIGURE 761). FAILURE TO ASSEMBLE CORRECTLY COULD RESULT IN
DAMAGE TO THE GEARS AND MAY RESULT IN AN HMU FUNCTIONAL ISSUE.
(4) Slowly lower housing assembly (50) on body assembly (65) ensuring seal (5), packing
(10), packing (15), 2 packings (70), packing (30), and packing (35) remain in place.
Before fully seating housing assembly (50) on body assembly (65) rotate gear (50,
Figure 716A) until it engages with gear (25, Figure 761).
(5) Secure housing assembly (50) to body assembly (65) with 8 washers (40) and 8 screws (45).
Do not install a washer (40) and screw (45) in screw hole A. Using WT-113910 torque wrench,
torque 8 screws (45) 144-168 lb. in. (16,27-18,98 N.m). Remaining washer (40) and screw
(45) will be installed in Installation of Flow Straightener Assembly procedure.
NOTE: In order to assure optimal seating of the mating surfaces of housing assembly
(50) and body assembly (65), do not torque 8 screws (45) in a consecutive
circular pattern. Instead torque 8 screws (45) in a cross pattern.
Page 7168
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Mating of Fuel Valve Housing Assembly and Pilot Valve Body Assembly - Figure 761
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 7169
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7170
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-027
(1) Invert body assembly (60, Figure 762). Remove 2 WT-114283 assembly tool,
and WT-114284 assembly tool. Remove screw (5), washer (10), plug assembly
(15), and sleeve (55) from body assembly (60).
(2) Install packing (50) onto sleeve (55), and using WT-116736 assembly tool,
install sleeve (55) into body assembly (60).
(3) Make sure sleeve (55) is properly seated. Measure distance from top of sleeve (55) to
top of installation bore in body assembly (60). Distance must be 1.100 inch (27,94 mm).
If out-of-limits, reinstall sleeve (55) and check again until in limits.
(4) Install 4 full pieces of shim (40) and spring (35) into piston (45).
(a) Install 2 packings (75) and 2 seals (80) in plug assembly (15). Using
WT-67400 insertion tool, size 2 seals (80).
(a) Install 2 seals (80A) in plug assembly (15). Using WT-67400 insertion
tool, size 2 seals (80A).
NOTE: Packings (75) are not used with seals (80A). Seals (80A) incorporate
both a packing and seal with a single part number.
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (20) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH (20)
ACTUATOR LEVER DURING DISASSEMBLY.
(7) Install 2 packings (25, Figure 762) on plug assembly (15). Apply dry lubricant
and engine lubricating oil to 2 screws (70) . Install plate (65), switch (20), plate
(65), and 2 screws (70) on plug assembly (15). Torque 2 screws (70) to measured
run-on torque plus 1.0-1.5 lb. in. (0,11-0,17 N.m).
(8) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum to adjusted shim (30) (adjusted in Assembly of Pressuring
Valve), and position shim (30) on plug assembly (15).
Page 7171
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(9) Install plug assembly (15) into body assembly (60), and secure evenly with 4 washers
(10) and 4 screws (5). Torque 4 screws (5) 73-87 lb. in. (8,25-9,83 N.m).
(10) Install ball (85) into proper hole in plug assembly (15).
FOR 8061-531
CAUTION: ALL 8061-531 HMUs MUST PASS X-RAY INSPECTION (SEE CHECK) IF ROD
(90) IS ADJUSTED OR REMOVED FROM PISTON ASSEMBLY (45).
(11) Ensuring that ball (85) remains in its proper location, apply dry lubricant (see Table
701) to threaded end of rod (90), and insert rod (90) through plug assembly (15)
and into piston assembly (45). Turn rod (90) to correct position. While turning the rod
(90), use WT-140753 assembly tool to preset the rod’s position.
Page 7172
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7173
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7174
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-028
(1) Install seal (5, Figure 763) in box assembly (20). Install box assembly
(20) on body assembly (25).
NOTE: Make sure wide side of seal (5) is seated in groove of box assembly (20).
(2) Using 4 washers (10) and 4 screws (15), secure box assembly (20) to body assembly
(25). Torque 4 screws (15) 32-35 lb. in. (3,62-3,96 N.m).
Page 7175
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7176
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7177
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-029
(1) Install sleeve (20, Figure 764) over end of shaft (25). Align slot in shaft (25) with slot in
sleeve (20). Rotate shaft (25) until fuel valve port is just barely open.
(2) Using a small amount of VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701), position spring
(15, Figure 764) on shaft of resolver (10).
(3) Align etch mark on shaft of resolver (10) with etch mark on resolver (10).
(4) Pull resolver wires through body assembly (30) opening for electrical box assembly.
(5) Install resolver (10) in body assembly (30) aligning flats on resolver (10) shaft with
slot in sleeve (20). Install sleeve (5) over resolver (10).
NOTE: Do not exceed 20 pounds (9,1 kg) thrust load during installation into HMU.
Page 7178
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7179
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7180
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-032
(1) Cut 2 pieces of tube (25, Figure 765) 3.0-3.5 inches (76,2-88,9 mm) in length, and
install on channel A and channel B wires of switch (35), starting within 0.25 inch (6,35
mm) of switch (35). Form cables by shrinking tube (25) into place.
(2) Cut 2 pieces of tube (25) 5.0 ±0.25 inches (127,0 ± 6,35 mm) in length, and install on
wires marked VSV and VBV allowing tube (25) to extend 0.500-1.000 inch (12,70-25,40
mm) into body assembly (30). Form cables by shrinking tube (25) into place.
(3) Cut 2 pieces of tube (25) 3.0 inches (76,2 mm) in length, plus or minus 0.500 inch (12,70 mm),
and install on wires marked FMV and BSV, allowing tube (25) to extend 0.500-1.000 inch
(12,70-25,4 mm) into body assembly (30). Form cables by shrinking tube (25) into place.
(4) Install tube (20) on wires marked VSV and VBV. Cut tube (20) to required length, allowing
tube (20) to overlap tube (25) by 0.500-1.000 inch (12,70-25,40 mm) and allowing tube
(20) to extend from inside body assembly (30) and 0.500-1.000 inch (12,70-25,40 mm)
into box assembly (40). Form cables by shrinking tube (20) into place.
(5) Install tube (20) on wires marked FMV and BSV. Cut tube (20) to required length, allowing
tube (20) to overlap tube (25) 0.500-1.000 inch (12,70-25,40 mm) and allowing tube
(20) to extend from inside body assembly (30) and 0.500-1.000 inch (12,70-25,40 mm)
into box assembly (40). Form cables by shrinking tube (20) into place.
(6) Install tube (20) on wires marked HPTCC and LPTCC. Cut tube (20) to required length,
allowing tube (20) to extend from inside of body assembly (30) and 0.500-1.000 inch
(12,70-25,40 mm) into box assembly (40). Form cables by shrinking tube (20) into place.
(7) Secure HPTCC/LPTCC cable in place with spacer (15), plate (10), and screw
(5). Torque screw (5) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15-2,49 N.m).
(8) Identify channel A and channel B wires separately with color coded ties specified in Table 705.
Route all electrical device cables through side openings in box assembly (40) as shown in inset.
Route channel A cables through upper opening and channel B cables through lower opening.
Page 7181
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(9) Cut each channel A and channel B cable so that 6 inches (152,40 mm) of wire, plus or minus
0.500 inch (12,70 mm), extends beyond outer surface of box assembly (40, Figure 765).
Secure and cut cable ties with crimping tool (see Table 702). Use setting 3-5 on crimping tool.
Page 7182
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7183
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7184
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-804
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-033
CAUTION: HANDLE SWITCH (10, FIGURE 770) WITH CARE. DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH
(10) ACTUATOR LEVER DURING DISASSEMBLY.
(1) Install switch (10, Figure 766) in plate assembly (40). Secure with 2 screws (5).
Torque 2 screws (5) 5.5-6.0 lb. in (0,62-0,68 N.m.)
Page 7185
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7186
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7187
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-034
(1) Install washer (20, Figure 766) and guide (15) in counterbore end of sleeve (25) with guide
(15) facing out. Place sleeve (25) and plug (30) in plate assembly (40).
(2) Measure from top of plate assembly (40) to top of plug (30), and record as dimension
A. Subtract 0.002 inch (0,051 mm) from dimension A, and record as dimension
B. Adjust shim (35) to dimension B plus or minus 0.001 inch (0,025 mm). Record
thickness of adjusted shim (35) as dimension C for use later.
(3) Remove plug (30) and sleeve (25) from plate assembly (40). Remove
guide (15) from sleeve (25).
(4) Install seal (5[A], Figure 767) (spring side out) in plate assembly (40).
(5) Install seal 5[B] (spring side out) in guide (15). Place packing (10) on guide (15). Check to see
that washer (20, Figure 766) is still in place, then install guide (15, Figure 767) in sleeve (20).
NOTE: Hub of guide (15) must face away from washer (20, Figure 766).
(6) Install 4 packings (25, Figure 767) on sleeve (20). Insert sleeve (20) in WT-120607 assembly
tool and freeze in BB-C-104 or BB-C-101, Grade B CO2 for approximately 3 to 4 minutes.
Using a phenolic rod remove sleeve (20) from WT-120607 assembly tool by pushing on
outward side of guide (15), ensuring that open end of sleeve (20) exits WT-120607 assembly
tool first, and install sleeve (20) in plate assembly (40) (guide end first).
NOTE: Screw (45) must be run in and out of plunger (30) once to allow rod
assembly (35) to fit past midgrip.
(8) Using a 3/8 wrench to hold plunger (30), insert rod assembly (35) into plunger (30) until rod
assembly (35) bottoms out. Turn screw (45) into plunger (30) until screw (45) bottoms out
on rod assembly (35). Manually check rod assembly (35) to make sure it is secured.
Page 7188
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(11) Using a phenolic rod on end of plunger (30, Figure 767), move rod assembly (35) (along with
plunger [30]) in until switch (10, Figure 766) is activated. Disconnect ohmmeter. Piston
travel beyond activation point must be 0.005 inch (0,13 mm) minimum.
(12) Install ring (20, Figure 768) and packing (15) on plug (10).
(13) Install shim (5), adjusted earlier, and assembled plug (10) in plate assembly (35), and secure
with strap (25) and 2 screws (30). Torque 2 screws (30) 38-42 lb. in. (4,29-4,75 N.m).
(14) Remove 2 screws (5, Figure 766) and switch (10). Package, label, and
send with HMU to Test: 2 screws (5).
(15) Cut wires of switch (10) to a length of 15-17 inches (381-432 mm). Route wires of switch (10)
through body assembly (30, Figure 765) and channel A opening of box assembly (40).
Page 7189
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7190
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7191
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7192
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7193
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-035
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING 3 RINGS (35, FIGURE 769), 4 RINGS (25), AND 2
RINGS (15), DO NOT SCRATCH OR NICK THREADS.
(1) Install 1 screen (10) and 1 ring (15) in OPEN port of plate assembly (5). Install remaining
screen (10) and remaining ring (15) in HEAD port of plate assembly (5).
(2) Install 1 screen (20) and 1 ring (25) in CLOSED port of plate assembly (5).
(3) Install 1 screen (20) and 1 ring (25) in ROD port of plate assembly (5).
(4) Install 1 screen (20) and 1 ring (25) in Pcr port of plate assembly (5).
(5) Install remaining screen (20) and remaining ring (25) in LPTCC port of plate assembly (5).
(6) Install 1 screen (30) and 1 ring (35) in RACC port of plate assembly (5).
(7) Install 1 screen (30) and 1 ring (35) in HPTCC port of plate assembly (5).
(8) Install remaining screen (30) and remaining ring (35) in SOV port of plate assembly (5).
Page 7194
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7195
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7196
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-036
(1) Install packing (45, Figure 770) on plug (50), and install plug (50) in Ps port of plate
assembly (85). Torque plug (50) 38-42 lb. in. (4,30-4,75 N.m).
(2) Install spring assembly (55) in plate assembly (85) until spring assembly protrudes
approximately 0.100 inch (2,54 mm) below surface A of plate assembly (85).
(3) Thread screw (60) into plug assembly (70) to obtain an over-all length of 1.400 inches
(35,56 mm) (see inset in Figure 770). Run-on torque screw (60) 2-10 lb. in. (0,23-1,13
N.m.). Install packing (65) on plug assembly (70), and install plug assembly (70) in plate
assembly (85). Torque plug assembly (70) 70-80 lb. in. (7,91-9,04 N.m).
(4) Install 2 screws (25) in plate assembly (85) until flush with plate assembly (85) mounting surface.
(5) Install screw (30) in plate assembly (85) until flush with plate assembly (85) mounting surface.
(6) Install packings (90 and 95) in indicated bores of plate assembly (85).
(7) Package, label, and send with HMU to Test: plate (5), gasket (10), 6 screws (15), 6 washers
(20), packing (35), plug (40), and assembled plug (80) (with packing [75] installed).
Page 7197
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7199
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-805
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-037
(1) Cut 4 pieces of wire (5, Figure 771) in 2.875-3.125 inch (73,03-79,38 mm) lengths. Remove
0.188-0.312 inch (4,78-7,92 mm) of insulation from ends of each wire.
(2) Cut 2 pieces of wire (10) in 1.875-2.125 inch (47,63-53,98 mm) lengths. Remove
0.188-0.312 inch (4,78-7,92 mm) of insulation from ends of each wire.
(3) Trim teflon sleeving 1.875-2.125 inches (47,63-53,98 mm) from end of each cable.
(4) Fan the exposed wire shielding enough to insert ring (20) between wires and
shielding. Slide ring (20) under shielding until it reaches within 0.200 inches
(5,08 mm) of contacting teflon sleeving.
(5) Install ring (15) over wire shielding and position over ring (20).
(6) Install proper ground wire(s) between ring (15) and wire shielding.
(7) Using WT-116620 assembly tool, set to crimp position 120, crimp ring (15) to
retain 2 wires (5), wire (10), and ring (20).
(8) Trim wire shielding back to ring (15), being careful not to damage teflon wire insulation.
NOTE: To reduce the possibility of contaminating the HMU, all trimming of the over braid
shielding is to be done with resolver removed from body assembly.
(9) Cut a 1.875-2.125 inch (47,63-53,98 mm) long piece of tube (25) for each component cable.
(10) Install tube (25) over crimped rings (15) on each component cable, as shown, so that
tubing extends 0.125-0.250 inch (3,18-6,35 mm) out over exposed wires and so that
tubing covers approximately 0.500 inch (12,70 mm) of teflon sleeving. Using a heat gun
(see Table 702), shrink tube (25) over all 3 wires and teflon sleeving.
Page 7200
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7201
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7202
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-038
(1) Using insertion tool (see Table 702), install 16 pins (70, Figure 776) in connector
(60) at locations specified in Table 706. Install 18 pins (45, Figure 776) in
connector (35) at locations specified in Table 706.
(2) Using insertion tool (see Table 702), install 16 plugs (75, Figure 776) behind
each pin (70) installed in connector (60), and install 18 plugs (50) behind
each pin (45) installed in connector (35).
(3) Trim teflon and plastic sleeving 1.875-2.125 inch (47,63-53,98 mm) from end
of each component cable (see Figure 776). Strip 0.126-0.250 inch (3,20-6,35
mm) of insulation from ends of all cable wires
Page 7203
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(4) Set WT-115051 crimping tool to 22 AWG for wires (10, Figure 771). Set WT-115051
crimping tool to pin size 20 and set WT-115051 crimping tool to 24 AWG for cable
remaining wires. Using WT-115051 crimping tool, crimp 24 pins (70, Figure 776) on
CHANNEL A wires, and crimp 22 pins (45) on CHANNEL B wires.
NOTE: When assembled, conducting wire must be visible through inspection hole in side
of pin (70 and 45). Wire insulation may touch end of pin (70 and 45), but must
not protrude into pin ID. Gap between insulation and pin must be no greater
than one wire diameter in width. Make all adjustments to insulation prior to
crimping. Visually inspect crimped wires (see Figure 771A).
(5) Inspect wires for nicks, or melted insulation that could expose bare wire.
(6) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) to packing (65, Figure 776) and packing (40).
Install packing (65) on connector (60), and install packing (40) on connector (35). Install
nuts (80 and 85) over cable wires for connector (35) and connector (60). Install tube (95)
over wires in Channel A, and install tube (100) over wires in Channel B.
(7) Using insertion tool (see Table 702), install 24 pins (70, Figure 776) in connector
(60), CHANNEL A, as detailed in Table 707.
Page 7204
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(8) Using insertion tool (see Table 702), install 22 pins (45, Figure 776) in connector
(35), CHANNEL B, as detailed in Table 708.
Page 7205
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(9) Using WT-107158 adapter and a force gauge (see Table 702), check retention of pins (45 and
70, Figure 776) with a 3.0-7.0 lb (1,36-3,18 kg) load. If any pin (45 or 70) fails retention test,
replace and check again. If failure occurs a second time, replace connector (35 or 60).
(10) Install nut (85) on connector (60) and hand tighten. Using a heat gun (see Table 702),
shrink tube (5, Figure 776A) as detailed in Figure 776A. Install connector (60, Figure 776)
in box assembly (90) with location of master key on connector facing away from HMU.
Install 4 screws (55). Torque 4 screws (55) 5.5-6.0 lb. in (0,62-0,68 N.m.)
(11) Install nut (80) on connector (35) and hand tighten. Using a heat gun (see Table 702),
shrink tube (5, Figure 776A) as detailed in Figure 776A. Install connector (35, Figure 776)
in box assembly (90) with location of master key on connector facing away from HMU.
Install 4 screws (30). Torque 4 screws (30) 5.5-6.0 lb. in. (0,62-0,68 N.m).
(12) Package, label, and send to test: seal (25), cover (20), 8 washers (15),
8 washers (10), and 8 screws (5).
(13) Using a high precision multimeter (see Table 702), test coil resistance of electrical
components. Measure coil resistance between connector pins specified in Wire
Connector/Pin Number column of Table 709.
Page 7206
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(14) Coil resistance must fall between limits in Table 709. If coil resistances are
out-of-limits, be sure pins (70 and 45, Figure 776) are properly connected to
component wires and ground wire of FMV resolver.
NOTE: When the HMU is not disassembled, the type of FMV resolver installed in the
HMU can be determined by checking the coil resistances for the desired channel.
These values should be compared to those listed in Table 709.
Page 7207
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7208
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-039
(1) Connect the low potential lead of a high resistance meter (see Table 702) to 1 screw (55,
Figure 776), and connect the high potential lead to pin 17 of connector (60).
(2) Apply a 250 Vdc voltage source (see Table 702). Measure insulation resistance.
After 30 seconds, resistance must be 100 megohms minimum.
NOTE: If the insulation resistance meets the 100 megohms minimum limit and is steady
or increasing, the test may be terminated before 30 seconds is reached.
(3) Repeat Insulation Resistance Test procedure for pin 17 of connector (35, Figure 776).
Page 7209
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7210
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7211
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7212
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7213
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-809
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-026
(1) Install spacer (20, Figure 772), seal (10), and packing (15) over shoe (25).
(2) Using WT-144085 assembly tool, install shoe (25) in housing assembly (30), and seat against
rotor of shaft (5) with flat portion of shoe port toward wide end of V in rotor as shown.
(3) After WT-144085 assembly tool is removed, inspect packing (15) and
seal (10) for proper seating.
Page 7214
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7215
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7216
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-030
(1) Apply VV-P-236 petrolatum (see Table 701) on washer (5, Figure 773) and place in recess
of WT-129377 assembly tool. Install WT-129377 assembly tool on body assembly (25).
Torque 3 screws (part of WT-129377 assembly tool) 40-60 lb. in. (4,52-6,78 N.m).
(2) Connect Channel A or Channel B to resolver module (48, TEST, Figure 101) using WT-115767
assembly tool or equivalent. If Channel A is used, connect resolver (10, Figure 773) wires to
terminals of WT-115767 assembly tool using Channel A columns of Table 710. If Channel
B is used, connect resolver (10) wires using Channel B column of Table 710.
(3) Install WT-114293 assembly tool, positioning 0.072 inch (1,83 mm) rod of WT-114293
assembly tool between shoe (20, Figure 773) and shaft (15). Rotate shaft (15)
until rotor just pinches WT-114293 assembly tool.
(4) Rotate resolver (10) until resolver module (48, Figure 101) reads 10 degrees
(reference). Tighten screw A (part of WT-129377 assembly tool, Figure 766)
to prevent resolver (10) from rotating further.
(5) Push piston (5, Figure 774) all the way in and remove WT-114293 assembly tool.
(6) Using a suitable tool, rotate piston (5) until resolver module (48, TEST,
Figure 101) reads 74.0-74.75 degrees.
(7) Move piston (5, Figure 774) to opposite end of its travel, and adjust position until resolver
module (48, TEST, Figure 101) reads less than 2 degrees. If 2 degrees can not be
obtained, reposition lever (35, Figure 748) on serrations of shaft (40).
Page 7217
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(8) Using a depth micrometer , measure from surface of body assembly (45, Figure 774) to
surface A of piston (5). Turn depth micrometer until resolver module (48, TEST, Figure 101)
reads 5.00-5.50 degrees. Record depth micrometer reading as dimension A.
(9) Remove WT-129377 assembly tool and washer (35, Figure 774). Remove resolver
(40) wires from WT-115767 assembly tool or WT-115768 assembly tool. Package,
label, and send with HMU to Test: washer (35).
(10) Install stop (10) in cover assembly (20). Turn stop (10) in until distance between top of stop
(10) and surface of cover assembly (20) matches dimension A recorded earlier.
(12) Install cover assembly (20) on body assembly (45), and secure with 4 washers (25)
and 4 screws (30). Torque 4 screws (30) 19-22 lb. in. (2,15 2,49 N.m).
Page 7218
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7219
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7220
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7221
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7222
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-031
(1) Install retainer (40, Figure 775) on shoe (45) (located in bore of housing assembly [50]).
(2) Install sleeve (35) in retainer (30). Install retainer (30) (spring seat out) and
spring (25) in housing assembly (50).
(3) Install ring (15) and packing (20) on seat (10). Install seat (10) in housing
assembly (50), and secure with 2 screws (5) installed in 2 screw holes, as
shown. Tighten 2 screws (5), but do not torque.
NOTE: Seat (10) must be seated in housing assembly (50) before installing 2 screws (5).
(4) Install remaining washer (40, Figure 761) and remaining screw (45) in screw
hole A of housing assembly (50). Using WT-113910 torque wrench, torque
screw (45) 144-168 lb. in. (16,27-18,98 N.m).
(5) Install remaining screw (5, Figure 768) in housing assembly (50). Torque 3
screws (5) 73-87 lb. in. (8,25-9,83 N.m).
(6) Package, label, and send with HMU to Test: 2 packings (55) and 2 plugs (60).
Page 7223
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7224
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7225
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-806
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-040
(4) Figure 770: Plate (5), Gasket (10), 6 Screws (15), 6 Washers (20), packing (35),
plug (40), and assembled plug (80) (with packing [75] installed).
(5) Figure 776B: Seal (25), Cover (20), 8 Washers (15), 8 Washers (10), and 8 Screws (5).
Page 7226
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7227
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7228
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-041
(1) Package, label, and send with HMU to Test: Strap (5, Figure 777) and screw (10).
(2) Package, label, and send with HMU to Test: 3 screws (15), 3 washers (20), 2 screws (25), 2
washers (30), screw (35), washer (40), screw (45), washer (50), 2 screws (55), 2 washers
(60), screw (65), seal (70), screw (75), washer (80), and plate assembly (85).
(3) Package, label, and send with HMU to Test: Seal (90), 2 packings (95), 6
packings (100), seal (105), and 3 packings (110).
Page 7229
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7231
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-807
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-042
A. Replacement of Nameplate
(1) Remove 4 screws (10, Figure 778), 4 washers (15), and nameplate (5).
(2) Transfer all information from old nameplate (5) to new nameplate (5).
(3) Install replacement nameplate (5), and secure with 4 washers (15) and 4 screws
(10). Torque 4 screws (10) 7-9 lb.-in. (0,79-1,02 N.m.).
Page 7232
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7233
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7234
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-043
B. Replacement of Dataplate.
(2) Use O-A-51 acetone (see Table 701) to remove any residue or oil.
(3) If replacing dataplate (20, Figure 778), transfer information from old dataplate to
replacement dataplate, and update information as required.
Page 7235
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-470-044
(2) Clean surface of each torque motor with TT-I-735 isopropyl alcohol (see
Table 701) to remove residue and oil.
(3) Install replacement decals (5, Figure 779), pressing firmly in place.
Page 7236
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7237
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7238
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-470-808
A. After completing TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING, lockwire HMU per AS657 as shown in
Figures 781 through 784. All fasteners with lockwire holes shall be lockwired/cabled. Unless
otherwise noted, lockwire/cable shall be installed with tension in the clockwise direction.
B. Use .025 inch wire/.032inch safety cable (see Table 701) except in noted locations called out
with an X. At these locations, .020 inch wire/.020 inch safety cable (see Table 701) may be
used as needed, for example, where the larger diameter cannot be used because of size or
space limits. Safety wire seals appear as dark boxes in Figures 781 through 784.
C. Areas requiring F-900 tamper proof sealant (see Table 701) are called out
with a T in Figures 781 through 784.
D. Safety cable (see Table 701) may be used in place of safety wire if desired (see
Safety Wire/Safety Cable Equivalents Table).
E. Special text callouts connected with artwork in the figures are required, but artwork/images
are for illustrative purpose and for reference only. Patterns may vary.
G. Safety cable should be installed such that the pull on the cable is from zero degrees to approximately
90 degrees positive (see examples A and B, Figure 780). To prevent safety cable from pulling over
top of fastener head, do not exceed positive pull of 120 degrees (see example C, Figure 780).
NOTE: If it is not possible to maintain a positive or neutral pull in certain locations with
safety cable (see Table 701), safety wire should be used there.
Page 7239
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7240
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7241
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7242
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7243
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 7244
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-99C-801
1. General
A. The following tables list the wear limits and torque limits used during overhaul and
testing of the hydromechanical fuel control (HMU).
B. Parts that do not appear to be worn or damaged do not have to be checked according to
Table 801. Polishing and/or burnishing alone do not constitute visible wear.
Page 8001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
DEFECT DEFINITION
CODE
A 0.020 inch (0,51 mm) deep from OD
0.020 inch (0,51 mm) axially from edge of land
20% of circumference
B 0.010 inch (0,25 mm) deep from OD
0.010 inch (0,25 mm) axially from edge of land
10% of circumference
C 0.005 inch (0,13 mm) deep from OD
0.002 inch (0,05 mm) axially from edge of land
5% of circumference
Page 8012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8026
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8027
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 8028
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-940-801
1. General
A. Special tools, fixtures, and equipment needed for the overhaul and repair of the hydromechanical
fuel control (HMU) are shown in the following figures. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items
listed in the following figures, except for those items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent
substitutes must be compatible with all the part materials and do the same function as the items
identified in the figures for the alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an
equivalent substitute. The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Page 9002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-1 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-3 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-4 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-7 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-12 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-82792-16 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
WT-83278 Wrench
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83297 Adapter
(Sheet 1 of 1)
WT-83642-2 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83642-3 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83642-4 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83642-5 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83642-7 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-83642-8 Punch
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-107158 Adapter
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9031
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-108926 Wrench
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9032
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9033
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9034
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-112430 Plug
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9035
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9036
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9037
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9038
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9039
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9041
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9042
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9044
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9045
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9046
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9048
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9049
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9050
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9052
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9053
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-115479 DELETED
Page 9055
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9057
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9060
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9061
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9062
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9063
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9064
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9066
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-124383 DELETED
Page 9068
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9069
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9070
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9072
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9073
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9074
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9075
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9076
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-129175 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
WT-129322 Puller
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9078
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
WT-129382 Adapter
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 9079
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9080
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9081
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9082
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9083
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9084
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9091
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 9092
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SERVICING
TASK 73-21-78-99C-1400
1. General
SUBTASK 73-21-78-99C-001
A. Repair Definition
(c) Clean (see CLEANING) and inspect (see CHECK and FITS AND
CLEARANCES) parts that have been removed during disassembly (except
those being replaced as directed below).
(d) Discard and replace all clips, packings, seals, rings, and wiring straps,
that were removed at disassembly.
(e) Discard and replace or repair (see REPAIR) as allowed, worn or damaged
parts that were removed at disassembly and exceed the wear limits defined
in CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES sections.
(f) Assemble per the ASSEMBLY section as required for the parts removed at disassembly.
Page 14001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-99C-002
B. Overhaul Definition
(1) As a minimum, an overhaul requires the items that follow and other applicable instructions:
(a) Overhaul must comply with the definition in CFR (Code of Federal Regulations)
Title 14 Part 43.2 Records of Overhaul and Rebuilding procedure.
(c) Clean (see CLEANING) and inspect (see CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES)
all parts (except those being replaced as directed below).
(d) Discard and replace or repair (see REPAIR) as allowed, worn or damaged parts that
exceed the wear limits, or are identified to be replaced at overhaul as defined in this CMM.
(e) Discard and replace all clips, packings, seals, rings, and wiring straps.
Page 14002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-99C-1501
1. General
A. The following materials are needed for storage of the Hydromechanical Unit (HMU) Control
Assembly. Equivalent substitutes may be used for items listed in table, except for those
items marked with an asterisk(*). All equivalent substitutes must be compatible with all
the part materials and do the same function as the items identified in the table for the
alternate item to be used. The user accepts liability for the use of an equivalent substitute.
The user and their regulatory agency must determine equivalency.
Description Source
Preservation Fluid Commercially Available
MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010
NOTE: The use of the following materials is not permitted: Drawrite Thread Lube, P-80
O-ring Lube, Quaker Kut 289, Tribolube 15RP, and Trichlor 1,1,1.
Page 15001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-550-801
2. Storage Instructions
SUBTASK 73-21-78-550-001
A. Flushing Operation
NOTE: If HMU is to be stored more than 30 days, perform Flushing Operation procedure.
If not, proceed to Installation of Shipping Kit procedure.
(1) Drain all fuel or MIL-PRF-7024, Type II calibrating fluid from HMU as completely as possible.
(2) Pour or pump MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 preservation fluid into Pcr port (Figure 1502)
or (Figure 1503) at 20 PSIG maximum until preservative fluid comes out "RACCS" and
"SERVO" ports. Pour or pump MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 preservation fluid into Pcr port at
20 PSIG maximum until preservative fluid comes out "RACCS" and "SERVO" ports.
Page 15002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(3) Set HMU on its side with the modification plate, and then set the HMU on its side opposite the
pump mounting face. Then continue to slowly rotate the HMU through 1 complete turn so that
all internal parts will be coated with MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 preservation fluid.
(4) Rotate the drive shaft several turns to coat the rotated valves with MIL-PRF-
6081, Grade 1010 preservation fluid.
(6) Drain MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 preservation fluid from HMU as completely as possible.
Page 15003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-550-002
(1) If further draining is necessary, provide 20 PSIG Max (137,9 kPa Max) compressed air to Pcr
port (Figure 1502) or (Figure 1503). Fuel will be dispensed from "BSV" port (Figure 1502) or
(Figure 1503) and from "SERVO" port (Figure 1501) and from "RACCS" port (Figure 1502) or
(Figure 1503). Continue supplying air until HMU is completely emptied of fluid.
(2) Verify 2 packings (5, Figure 119) are not damaged. Replace 2 plugs (10) from P1 and P2
ports. Torque 2 plugs (10, Figure 119) 13-16 lb. in. (1,47-1,81 N.m.).
Page 15004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
SUBTASK 73-21-78-550-003
(1) If using shipping block P/N 3009-968 (80, IPL Figure 9), use the following instructions:
(a) Install gasket (30, Figure 1501) and cover (20), and secure with 2 screws (25).
(b) Install gasket (45) and cover (35), and secure with 2 screws (40).
(c) Install gasket (60) and cover (50), and secure with 4 screws (55).
(e) Install 2 plugs (10, Figure 1502), 2 plugs (20), and plug (15).
(g) Install gasket (40) and block (45), and secure with 1 washer (30), screw (35),
remaining washer (30), nut (50), washer (55), and nut (60).
(2) If using shipping block P/N 3009-977 (80A, IPL Figure 9), use the following instructions:
(a) Install gasket (30, Figure 1501) and cover (20), and secure with 2 screws (25).
(b) Install gasket (45) and cover (35), and secure with 2 screws (40).
(c) Install gasket (60) and cover (50), and secure with 4 screws (55).
(e) Install 2 plugs (10, Figure 1503), 2 plugs (20), and plug (15).
(g) Install gasket (40) and block (45), and secure with 1 washer (30), screw (35),
remaining washer (30), nut (50), 3 washers (55), and 3 nuts (60).
Page 15005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 15006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 15007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Installation of Shipping Kit (Using Shipping Block P/N 3009-968) - Figure 1502
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 15008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 15009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Installation of Shipping Kit (Using Shipping Block P/N 3009-977) - Figure 1503
(Sheet 1 of 1)
Page 15010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 15011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 15012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
TASK 73-21-78-99C-1001
1. General.
Page 10001
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
2. Introduction.
A. The purpose of the ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST is to itemize and illustrate each assembly
and detail part composing the hydromechanical fuel control (HMU).
Page 10002
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
3. Numerical Index.
A. The Numerical Index is a tabular list of every part number in the Detailed Parts List giving
figure and item locations. When a government standard part number is used in lieu of a
Woodward number, the Woodward part number references that number.
B. The number listed in the TTL REQ (Total Required) column is the total quantity
required at the location indicated.
Page 10003
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
A. The Detailed Parts List is divided into several figures, each covering a major
assembly (or assemblies). Each figure consists of an illustration of the assembly
and a tabular listing of parts within the assembly.
(1) Item numbers in the Detailed Parts List correspond to item numbers on figure illustrations.
(2) When NO NUMBER appears in the Part Number column, the part is nonprocurable.
E. Nomenclature Column.
(1) Numbers before part nomenclature relate each part to other assemblies and
detail parts. For example, the next higher assembly of a Number 2 item is the
first Number 1 assembly before that part.
(2) Nomenclature of parts is generally listed (just noun) in accordance with drawing title.
(3) In cases where a government standard part number appears in the Part
Number column, the Woodward part number appears in parentheses in the
Nomenclature column following the letters WG.
(4) Dimensions listed are nominal. Metric equivalent dimensions follow in parentheses.
(5) Attaching parts are listed immediately beneath the item to be attached and precede any
detail parts of that item. The end of attaching parts is indicated by the symbol ***.
(6) ORDER NHA, ITEM XX will follow part nomenclature when the item is a matched
part and nonprocurable. NHA refers to Next Higher Assembly. The next higher
assembly is not necessarily the previously listed part.
Page 10004
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
(1) When more than one model is covered in the Detailed Parts List, each model shall
be assigned a reference letter to identify parts differences.
(2) Applicable reference letters are listed for a part used on more than one model.
(3) If the column is blank, the part is used on all models covered in the Detailed Parts List.
(1) The number appearing in the Units Per Assembly column is the total quantity
required at the location indicated.
(2) The following abbreviations may appear in the Units Per Assembly column
in lieu of a numeric quantity:
5. Vendor List
Non-Woodward Parts - All non-Woodward part numbers were removed from the IPL at locations
where it was determined the part numbers did not meet the type design data. Based on Woodward
Service Information Letter WG64170, and FAA concurrence, any parts previously installed in articles
are allowed for continued use without imposing any safety risk. Non-Woodward parts that were
removed from the manual are not acceptable for future installation. Refer to Woodward Service
Information Letter (WG64170) for further information. The Woodward Service Information Letter
can be found at http://www.woodward.com/StandardServiceBulletins.aspx.
Page 10005
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
6. NUMERICAL INDEX
Page 10006
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10007
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10008
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10009
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10010
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10011
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10012
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10013
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10014
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10015
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10016
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10017
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10018
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10019
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10020
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10021
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10022
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10023
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10024
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10025
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10026
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10027
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10029
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
230 1106-797 1 SCREW, DBL HEX HD DR CRES 3
0.250-28 THD
0.938 IN. (23,83 MM) LGTH
235 186439 1 WASHER 3
0.265 IN. (6,73 MM) ID
0.508 IN. (12, 90 MM) OD
0.032 IN. (0,81 MM) THK
240 1106-834 1 SCREW, DBL HEX HD DR CRES 2
0,312-24 THD
1.125 IN. (28,56 MM) LGTH
245 3208-082 1 WASHER 2
0,325 IN. (8,26 MM) ID
0.500 IN. (12,70 MM) OD
0.031 IN. (0,79 MM) THK
250 1106-849 1 SCREW, DBL HEX HD DR CRES 1
0.312-24 THD
2.250 IN. (57,15 MM) LGTH
255 1386-170 1 WASHER, SPECIAL A, B, 1
C, D,
E
-255A 1391-0102 1 WASHER, SPECIAL F 1
260 1106-806 1 SCREW, DBL HEX EXT WSHR 1
HD DR CRES
0.250-28 THD
1.500 IN. (38,10 MM) LGTH
265 186439 1 WASHER 1
0.265 IN. (6,73 MM) ID
0.508 IN. (12,90 MM) OD
0.032 IN. (0,81 MM) THK
270 1106-800 1 SCREW, DBL HEX HD DR CRES 2
0.250-28 THD
1.125 IN. (28,58 MM) LGTH
275 186439 1 WASHER 2
0.265 IN. (6,73 MM) ID
0.508 IN. (12,90 MM) OD
0.032 IN. (0.81 MM) THK
280 1106-805 1 SCREW, DBL HEX HD DR CRES 1
0.250-28 THD
1.438 IN. (36,53 MM) LGTH
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10039
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10040
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10041
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
110 189895 2 RING, INTERNAL RETAINING 2
***
115 3810-034 2 STRAP, RETAINING 1
ATTACHING PARTS
120 1106-055 2 SCREW, DBL HEX EXT WSHR 2
HD CRES
0.190-32 THD
0.500 IN. (12,70 MM) LGTH
***
-125 5255-032 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, TWO-STEP A, B, 1
RELAY C, D,
E
-125A 5251-298 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, TWO-STEP F 1
RELAY
130 3506-082 3 PLUG 1
135 1391-204 3 RING, BACKUP 1
140 182570 3 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 1
0.612 IN. (15,55 MM) ID C, D,
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK E
-140A 1355-1363-630 3 PACKING, PREFORMED F 1
0.612 IN. (15,55 MM) ID
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK
145 3003-250 3 SHIM, LAMINATED AR
0.625 IN. (15,88 MM) ID
0.785 IN. (19,94 MM) OD
150 1031-822 3 SCREW, SPECIAL 1
155 3300-272 3 ROD ASSEMBLY, GOVERNOR 1
INDICATOR
-160 5225-782 3 VALVE ASSEMBLY, TWO-STEP 1
RELAY
165 NO NUMBER 4 PLUNGER NP
(ORDER NHA, ITEM 160)
170 3553-046 4 SLEEVE 1
175 182604 3 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 4
0.676 IN. (17,17 MM) ID C, D,
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK E
-175A 1355-1363-615 3 PACKING, PREFORMED F 4
0.676 IN. (17,17 MM) ID
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10046
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10047
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10048
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
305 1106-092 2 SCREW, DBL HEX EXT WSHR 3
HD CRES
0.250-28 THD
0.625 IN. (15,88 MM) LGTH
***
310 182579 2 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 1
1.237 IN. (31,42 MM) ID C, D,
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK E
-310A 1355-1363-654 2 PACKING, PREFORMED F 1
1.237 IN. (31,42 MM) ID
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK
315 452567 2 RING, BACKUP 1
320 1568-338 2 SPRING 1
2.680 IN. (68,07 MM) LGTH
325 3249-066 2 RETAINER, FLOW 1
330 3114-096 2 SLEEVE, FLOW STRAIGHTENER 1
335 3455-050 2 RETAINER, FUEL VALVE 1
340 182579 2 PACKING, PREFORMED 1
1.237 IN. (31,42 MM) ID
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK
-340A 1355-1363-654 2 DELETED
345 1391-560 2 SEAL 1
350 3217-084 2 SPACER, CRES 1
1.251 IN. (31,78 MM) ID
1.434 IN. (36,42 MM) OD
0.050 IN. (1,27 MM) THK
355 3473-104 2 SHOE, FUEL VALVE 1
-355A 3473-128 2 SHOE, FUEL VALVE ALT
(ALTERNATE PART FOR
3473-104)
(USE WITH ITEM 520A,
FIGURE 4 ONLY)
-355B 3473-130 2 SHOE, FUEL VALVE ALT
(ALTERNATE PART FOR
3473-104)
(USE WITH ITEM 520B,
FIGURE 4 ONLY)
356 400378 2 PLUG, SLTD HD DR 2
0.250-28 THD
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10055
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10056
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10057
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10058
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
085 1037-395 2 SCREW, CAP SOC HD CRES 2
0.250-28 THD
0.750 IN. (19,05 MM) LGTH
***
090 182580 3 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 1
1.299 IN. (33,00 MM) ID C, D,
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK E
-090A 1355-1363-656 3 PACKING, PREFORMED F 1
1.299 IN. (33,00 MM) ID
0.103 IN. (2,62 MM) THK
-095 5225-330 3 SLEEVE ASSEMBLY, PUMP A, B 1
UNLOADING VALVE
(MATCHED ASSEMBLY)
-095A 5225-973 3 SLEEVE ASSEMBLY, PUMP A, B, 1
UNLOADING VALVE C, D,
(ALTERNATE PART FOR ITEM E, F
95 ON MODELS A AND B)
(MATCHED ASSEMBLY)
100 NO NUMBER 4 SLEEVE NP
(MATCHED PART)
(ORDER NHA, ITEM 95 OR 95A)
105 NO NUMBER 4 PISTON NP
(MATCHED PART)
(ORDER NHA, ITEM 95 OR 95A)
110 182748 3 PACKING, PREFORMED 4
0.426 IN. (10,82 MM) ID
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK
115 218856 3 NUT, SELF-LOCKING 1
0.164-32 THD
0.170 IN. (4,32 MM) HGHT
120 3572-104 3 SCREW, SPECIAL A, B 1
-120A 3572-180 3 SCREW, SPECIAL A, B, 1
(ALTERNATE PART FOR ITEM C, D,
120 ON MODELS A AND B) E, F
125 3003-082 3 SHIM, LAMINATED AR
0.406 IN. (10,31 MM) ID
0.548 IN. (13,92 MM) OD
-130 5220-054 2 BUFFER ASSEMBLY, GOVERNOR A, B, NP
C, D,
E
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10068
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10070
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10080
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10081
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10082
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
020 1036-634 2 SCREW, CAP SOC HD CRES 2
0.138-32 THD
0.750 IN. (19,05 MM) LGTH
025 186389 2 WASHER, CRES 2
0.169 IN. (4,29 MM) ID
0.310 IN. (7,87 MM) OD
0.027 IN. (0,69 MM) THK
***
030 218074 3 INSERT, THREADED 1
-030A 1141-872 3 INSERT, THREADED AR
(OVERSIZE)
035 NO NUMBER 3 BLOCK NP
(ORDER NHA, ITEM 15)
040 1039-754 2 SCREW, CAP SOC HD DR CRES 4
0.164-32 THD
0.625 IN. (15,88 MM) LGTH
045 3202-030 2 WASHER, CRES 4
0.169 IN. ( 4,29 M) ID
0.281 IN. (7.14 MM) OD
0.032 IN. (0,81 MM) THK
-050 5250-316 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, VSV AND A, B, NP
VBV PILOT C, D,
E
-050A 5251-297 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, VSV AND F NP
VBV PILOT
055 1886-392 3 MOTOR, TORQUE 1
060 182562 3 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 1
0.551 IN. (14,00 MM) ID C, D,
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK E
-060A 1355-1363-603 3 PACKING, PREFORMED F 1
0.551 IN. (14,00 MM) ID
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK
065 3417-026 3 PIN, VSV AND VBV PILOT VALVE 1
GROUNDING
070 3024-382 3 GEAR, VSV AND VBV DRIVE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
075 3572-168 3 SCREW, SPECIAL 1
***
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
330 1036-634 2 SCREW, CAP SOC HD CRES 2
0.138-32 THD
0.750 IN. (19,05 MM) LGTH
335 186389 2 WASHER, CRES 2
0.169 IN. (4,29 MM) ID
0.310 IN. (7,87 MM) OD
0.027 IN. (0,69 MM) THK
***
340 218074 3 INSERT, THREADED 1
-340A 1141-872 3 INSERT, THREADED AR
(OVERSIZE)
345 NO NUMBER 3 BLOCK NP
(ORDER NHA, ITEM 325)
350 1039-754 2 SCREW, CAP SOC HD DR CRES 4
0.164-32 THD
0.625 IN. (15,88 MM) LGTH
355 3202-030 2 WASHER, CRES 4
0.169 IN. (4,29 MM) ID
0.281 IN. ( 7,14 MM) OD
0.032 IN. (0,81 MM) THK
-360 5250-527 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, FUEL A, B, NP
METERING PILOT C, D,
E
-360A 5251-296 2 VALVE ASSEMBLY, FUEL F NP
METERING PILOT
365 1886-392 3 MOTOR, TORQUE 1
370 182562 3 PACKING, PREFORMED A, B, 1
0.551 IN. (14,00 MM) ID C, D,
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK E
-370A 1355-1363-603 3 PACKING, PREFORMED F 1
0.551 IN. (14,00 MM) ID
0.070 IN. (1,78 MM) THK
375 3361-086 3 SCREW, CAP SOC HD CRES 3
0.138-32 THD
0.406 IN. (10,31 MM) LGTH
380 3024-384 3 GEAR, FUEL METERING VALVE 1
DRIVER
-385 3018-460 3 SPRING ASSEMBLY, FUEL 1
METERING VALVE
390 1520-832 4 SEAT, SPRING NP
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10092
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10094
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10101
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10102
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10103
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10104
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10105
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10108
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10109
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
Page 10110
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016
WOODWARD, INC.
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
8061 SERIES HYDROMECHANICAL FUEL CONTROL
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
055 190303 2 SCREW, FLT RND HD CRES 4
0.190-32 THD
0.250 IN. (6,35 MM) LGTH
***
060 3054-036 2 GASKET, SERVO SHIPPING 1
065 401845 2 COVER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
070 189439 2 SCREW, FLT RND HD CRES 4
0.250-28 THD
0.375 IN. (9,53 MM) LGTH
***
075 401863 2 GASKET, SHIPPING 1
080 3009-968 2 BLOCK, SHIPPING 1
080A 3009-977 2 BLOCK, SHIPPING ALT 1
(REF WOODWARD EC 1012399)
ATTACHING PARTS
085 188492 2 NUT, FREE-RUNNING 1
0.3125-24 THD
0.266 IN. (6,76 MM) HGHT
085A 208060 2 NUT, LOCK HEX ALT 3
(REF WOODWARD EC 1012399)
0.3125-24 THD
0.344 IN. (8,74 MM) HGHT
090 219105 2 WASHER 1
0.328 IN. (8,33 MM) ID
0.562 IN. (14,27 MM) OD
0.063 IN. (1,60 MM) THK
090A 1010-622 2 WASHER ALT 2
(REF WOODWARD EC 1012399)
0.375 IN. (9,53 MM) ID
0.875 IN. (22,23 MM) OD
0.084 IN. (2,13 MM) THK
095 188492 2 NUT, FREE-RUNNING 1
0.3125-24 THD
0.266 IN. (6,76 MM) HGHT
095A 208060 2 NUT, LOCK HEX ALT 1
(REF WOODWARD EC 1012399)
0.3125-24 THD
0.344 IN. (8,74 MM) HGHT
I
N
D
FIGURE AIRLINE E UNITS
AND ITEM PART STOCK N PER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER T NOMENCLATURE EFF ASSY
Page 10114
73-21-78 Apr 27/2016